]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Bump version to 24.4.91
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 25465 294934 381000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21710 25547
69 ;;;;;; 169569 365000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 25465
89 ;;;;;; 300934 355000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21710 25547
100 ;;;;;; 169569 365000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21710 25547 218569
112 ;;;;;; 146000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 25465
242 ;;;;;; 124935 139000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 25465 76935 353000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 25465 78935 344000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21710
841 ;;;;;; 25547 51569 891000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21710 25547 141569
900 ;;;;;; 489000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 25465 294934
922 ;;;;;; 381000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 25465 78935
955 ;;;;;; 344000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 25465 301934 350000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21710 25547 57569
1019 ;;;;;; 864000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21710 25547 52569 886000))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1042
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1047
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1050
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1052
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1059
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1062
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1064
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1069
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1071
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1073
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1080
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1083
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1086
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1089
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1091
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1094
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1096
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1101
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1109
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1119
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1128
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1132
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1134
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1143
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1148
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1150
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1152
1153 ;;;***
1154 \f
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21710 25547 52569
1156 ;;;;;; 886000))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1158
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1165
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1169
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1171
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1173
1174 ;;;***
1175 \f
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 25465 79935 340000))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1178
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1181
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1185
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1187
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1191
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1197
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1205
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1209
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1212
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1217
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1222
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1227
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1230
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1233
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1238
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1240
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1242
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1244
1245 ;;;***
1246 \f
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21732 22059
1248 ;;;;;; 431321 591000))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1251
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1257
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1259
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1261
1262
1263 How to submit a bug report
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1266
1267
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1269
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1274
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1278
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1312
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1318
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1322
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1326
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1328
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1331
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1335
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1338
1339
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1342
1343
1344 Settings
1345
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1347
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1349
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1351
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1353
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1356
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1358
1359
1360 Drawing with keys
1361
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1370
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1379
1380
1381 Arrows
1382
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1385
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1388
1389
1390 Selecting operation
1391
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1393
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1414
1415
1416 Variables
1417
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1420
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1440
1441 Hooks
1442
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1444
1445
1446 Keymap summary
1447
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1449
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1451
1452 ;;;***
1453 \f
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 25465
1455 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1457
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1461
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1466
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1469
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1472
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1474
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1477
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1479
1480 ;;;***
1481 \f
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21710
1483 ;;;;;; 25547 99569 677000))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1485
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1490
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1492
1493 ;;;***
1494 \f
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 25465 79935 340000))
1496 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1497
1498 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1499 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1500 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1501
1502 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1503
1504 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1505 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1509
1510 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1511 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1512 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1513 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1514 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1515 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1516 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1517 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1518
1519 For example:
1520 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1521 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1523 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1524 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1525
1526 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1527
1528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1529
1530 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1531 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1532 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1535 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1536
1537 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1540 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1544
1545 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1546 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1547 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1548
1549 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1550
1551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1552
1553 ;;;***
1554 \f
1555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 25465
1556 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1558
1559 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1560 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1561
1562 \(fn)" t nil)
1563
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21710 25547 52569
1567 ;;;;;; 886000))
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1569
1570 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1571 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1572 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1573
1574 \(fn)" t nil)
1575
1576 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1578 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1579 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1580
1581 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1582
1583 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1584 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1585 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1588 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1589
1590 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1591
1592 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1593 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1597
1598 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1599 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1600
1601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1602
1603 ;;;***
1604 \f
1605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21710
1606 ;;;;;; 25547 75569 784000))
1607 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1608
1609 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1614 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1615 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1616
1617 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1618 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1619 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1620 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1621 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1622
1623 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1624
1625 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1626
1627 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1628 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1629 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1630 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1631 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1632
1633 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1634 directory or directories specified.
1635
1636 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1637 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1638 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1639 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1640 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1641 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1642
1643 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1644
1645 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1646 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1647 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1648 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1649 should be non-nil).
1650
1651 \(fn)" nil nil)
1652
1653 ;;;***
1654 \f
1655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21710 25465 79935
1656 ;;;;;; 340000))
1657 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1658
1659 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1660 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1664
1665 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1666 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1667 disk changes.
1668
1669 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1670 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1671 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1672
1673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1674
1675 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1676 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1677
1678 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1679 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1680
1681 \(fn)" nil nil)
1682
1683 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1686 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1687 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1688
1689 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1690 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1691 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1692 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1693 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1694
1695 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1696 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1697 writing before you save the file!
1698
1699 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1700
1701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1702
1703 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1704 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1705
1706 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1707 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1708
1709 \(fn)" nil nil)
1710
1711 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1712 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1713 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1716 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1717
1718 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1721 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1725
1726 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1727 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1728 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1729
1730 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1731 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1732 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1733 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1734 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1735
1736 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1737 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1738 specifies in the mode line.
1739
1740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 25465 80935 335000))
1745 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1746
1747 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1748 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1749 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1750 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1751 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1752
1753 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1754
1755 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1756 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1757 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1758 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1759
1760 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1761 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1762 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1763
1764 Effects of the different modes:
1765 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1766 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1767 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1768 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1769 a random distance & direction.
1770 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1771 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1772 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1773
1774 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1775 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1776 definition of \"random distance\".)
1777
1778 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1779
1780 ;;;***
1781 \f
1782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 25465
1783 ;;;;;; 301934 350000))
1784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1785
1786 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1787
1788 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1789 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1790
1791 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1792 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1793 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1794
1795 \\{bat-mode-map}
1796
1797 \(fn)" t nil)
1798
1799 ;;;***
1800 \f
1801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21710 25465 80935 335000))
1802 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1803 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1804
1805 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1806 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1807 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1808 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1809
1810 \(fn)" t nil)
1811
1812 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1813 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1814 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1816 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1817 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1818
1819 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1820
1821 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1822 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1826
1827 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1828 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1829 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1830 seconds.
1831
1832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1833
1834 ;;;***
1835 \f
1836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1837 ;;;;;; 25465 124935 139000))
1838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1839
1840 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1841 Time execution of FORMS.
1842 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1843 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1844 FORMS once.
1845 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1846 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1847 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1848
1849 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1850
1851 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1852
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1855 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1856 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1857 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1858
1859 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1860
1861 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1862
1863 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1864 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1865 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1866 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1867 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1868
1869 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1870
1871 ;;;***
1872 \f
1873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21710 25547
1874 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
1875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1876
1877 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1878 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1879 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1880 of corresponding buffers.
1881 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1882 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1883 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1884 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1885 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1886
1887 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1888 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1889 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1890
1891 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1892
1893 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1894 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1895
1896 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1897
1898 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1899 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1900 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1901 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1902
1903 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1904 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1905 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1906 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1907 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908
1909 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1910 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1911
1912
1913 Special information:
1914
1915 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1916
1917 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1918 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1919 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1920 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1921 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1922 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1923 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1924 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1925 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1926 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1927 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1928
1929 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1930 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1931 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1932 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1933 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1934 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1935 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1936 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1937
1938 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1939
1940 ----------------------------------------------------------
1941 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1942 if that value is non-nil.
1943
1944 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1945
1946 \(fn)" t nil)
1947
1948 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1949 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1950 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1951 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1952 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1953 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1954 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1955 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1956 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1957 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1958 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1959 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1960
1961 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1962
1963 ;;;***
1964 \f
1965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1966 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 348934 141000))
1967 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1968
1969 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1971
1972 \(fn)" t nil)
1973
1974 ;;;***
1975 \f
1976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 25465 224934
1977 ;;;;;; 693000))
1978 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1979
1980 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1981 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1982
1983 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1984 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1985 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1986
1987 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 ;;;***
2000 \f
2001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 25465
2002 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
2003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2004
2005 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2006 Play blackbox.
2007 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2008
2009 What is blackbox?
2010
2011 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2012 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2013 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2014 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2015 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2016 your score.
2017
2018 Overview of play:
2019
2020 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2021 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2022 four.
2023
2024 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2025 movement keys.
2026
2027 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2028 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2029
2030 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2031 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2032
2033 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2034 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2035 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2036 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2037 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2038 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2039
2040 Details:
2041
2042 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2043
2044 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2045 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2046 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2047 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2048
2049 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2050 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2051 denoted by the letter `R'.
2052
2053 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2054 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2055 denoted by the letter `H'.
2056
2057 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2058 example.
2059
2060 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2061 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2062 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2063 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2064 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2065 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2066 ray.
2067
2068 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2069 degree deflection it causes.
2070
2071 1
2072 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2073 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2075 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2076 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2080 2 3
2081
2082 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2083 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2084
2085
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2089 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2094
2095 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2096 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2097 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2098 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2099 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2100 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2101 emerging from the box.
2102
2103 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2104
2105 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2108 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2110 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2113
2114 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2115 a reflection.
2116
2117 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2118
2119 ;;;***
2120 \f
2121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21710 25547 53569
2122 ;;;;;; 882000))
2123 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2125 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2126 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2127
2128 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2129 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2130 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2131 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2132 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2133 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2134 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2135
2136 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2137 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2138 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2139
2140 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2141 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2142 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2143 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2144 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2145 recent one.
2146
2147 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2148 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2149 yank successive words.
2150
2151 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2152 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2153 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2154 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2155 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2156
2157 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2158 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2159 the list of bookmarks.)
2160
2161 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2162
2163 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2164 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2165 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2166 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2167 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2168 this.
2169
2170 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2171 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2172 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2173 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2174
2175 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2176 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2177
2178 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2179 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2180 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2181
2182 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2183
2184 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2185 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2190 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2191
2192 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2193 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2194 after a bookmark was set in it.
2195
2196 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2197
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2199 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2200
2201 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2202 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2203
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2205
2206 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2207
2208 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2209 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2210 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2211 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2212
2213 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2214 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2215 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2216
2217 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2218 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2219 name.
2220
2221 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2222
2223 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2224 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2225 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2226
2227 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2228 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2229 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2230 this.
2231
2232 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2233
2234 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2235 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2236
2237 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2238 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2239 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2240 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2241 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2242 probably because we were called from there.
2243
2244 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2245
2246 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2247 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2248 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2249
2250 \(fn)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2253 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2254 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2255 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2256 \(second argument).
2257
2258 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2259 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2260 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2261 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2262 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2263
2264 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2265 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2266 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2267 `bookmark-default-file'.
2268
2269 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2270
2271 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2272 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2273 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2274 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2275 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2276 while loading.
2277
2278 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2279 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2280 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2281 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2282 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2283 explicitly.
2284
2285 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2286 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2287 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2288
2289 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2290
2291 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2292 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2293 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2294 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2295 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2296
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2298
2299 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2300
2301 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2302
2303 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2304 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2305
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2307
2308 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2309
2310 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2311
2312 ;;;***
2313 \f
2314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21756 23917
2315 ;;;;;; 638125 443000))
2316 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2317
2318 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2319 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2320 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2321 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2322
2323 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2324 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2325 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2326 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2327 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2328
2329 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2330
2331 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2332 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2333 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2334 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2335 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2336 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2337
2338 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2339
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2342 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2343 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2344 narrowed.
2345
2346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2347
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2349 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2350
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2352
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2354 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2355
2356 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2357
2358 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2360 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2361 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2362 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2363 first, if that exists.
2364
2365 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2369 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371
2372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2373
2374 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2375 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2376 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2377 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2378 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2379 to use.
2380
2381 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2384 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2385 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2386 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2387
2388 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2389
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2393 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2394
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2397 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2398 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2399
2400 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2401 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2402 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2403
2404 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2405 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406
2407 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2410 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2413
2414 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2415 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2416 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2417 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418
2419 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2420 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2421 new tab in an existing window instead.
2422
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2430 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2431 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2432
2433 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2434 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2435 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436
2437 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2438 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2439 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2440
2441 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2442 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 On MS Windows, this ignores `browse-url-new-window-flag' and
2445 `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab', as well as the NEW-WINDOW argument.
2446 It always uses a new window.
2447
2448 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2449
2450 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2451 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2452 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2453 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2454 Chromium.
2455
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457
2458 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2461 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2462
2463 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2464 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2465 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2466 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2469 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2470 new tab in an existing window instead.
2471
2472 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2473 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476
2477 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2479
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2484 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2485 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2486
2487 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2488 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2489 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2490 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2491
2492 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2493 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2499
2500 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2501 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2502 program is invoked according to the variable
2503 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2504
2505 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2506 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2507 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2508 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2511 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512
2513 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2514
2515 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2516 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2517 Default to the URL around or before point.
2518
2519 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2520 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2521 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2522
2523 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2524 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2525 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2526 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2529 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530
2531 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2532
2533 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2534 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2535 Default to the URL around or before point.
2536
2537 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2538 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2539 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545
2546 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2547 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2548 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2549 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2550
2551 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2552
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2555 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2556 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2557 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2558 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2559
2560 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2561
2562 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2563 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2564 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2565 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2566 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2567
2568 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2569 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2570 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2571 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572
2573 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2574 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2577
2578 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2579 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2580 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2581 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2583 current one.
2584
2585 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2586 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2587 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2588 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589
2590 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2591 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592
2593 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2594
2595 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2596 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2597 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2598 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2599 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2600 don't offer a form of remote control.
2601
2602 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2603
2604 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2605 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2606 Default to the URL around or before point.
2607
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around the point.
2613
2614 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2615 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2616
2617 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2618 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21710 25547 53569 882000))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2626 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2627
2628 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2629 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2630 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2631 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2632
2633 \(fn)" t nil)
2634
2635 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2636 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2637 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2638 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2639
2640 \(fn)" t nil)
2641
2642 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2643 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2648 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2649 \\<bs-mode-map>
2650 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2651 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2652 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2653 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2654
2655 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2656 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2657 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2658 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2659 name of buffer configuration.
2660
2661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2662
2663 ;;;***
2664 \f
2665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21710 25547 165569
2666 ;;;;;; 382000))
2667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2668
2669 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2670 Play Bubbles game.
2671 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2672 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2673 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2674 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2675 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2676 columns on its right towards the left.
2677
2678 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2679 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2680 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2682
2683 \(fn)" t nil)
2684
2685 ;;;***
2686 \f
2687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2688 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 301934 350000))
2689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2690
2691 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2692
2693 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2694 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2698
2699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2700
2701 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2702 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2703
2704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2705
2706 ;;;***
2707 \f
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21710
2709 ;;;;;; 25547 77569 775000))
2710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2711 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2712 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2713 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2714
2715 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2716
2717 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2718 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2719 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2720 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2721 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2722 else the global value will be modified.
2723
2724 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2725
2726 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2727 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2728 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2729 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2730 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2731 else the global value will be modified.
2732
2733 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2734
2735 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2736 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2737 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2738
2739 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2743 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2744 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745
2746 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2747 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2748 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2749 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2750 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2751 before scanning it.
2752
2753 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2754 that already has a `.elc' file.
2755
2756 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2757 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2758
2759 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2760 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2761 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2762 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2763 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2764 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2765
2766 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2767
2768 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2769 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2770 Print the result in the echo area.
2771 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2772
2773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2774
2775 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2776 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2777 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2778
2779 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2780
2781 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2782 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2783 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2784 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2785 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2786 all functions called by those functions.
2787
2788 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2789 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2790 cons, etc.).
2791
2792 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2793 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2794 invoked interactively.
2795
2796 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2799 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2800 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2801 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2802
2803 \(fn)" nil nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2806 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2807 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2808 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2810 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2811 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2812 already up-to-date.
2813
2814 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2815
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2818 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2819 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2820
2821 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2822 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2823 and corresponding effects.
2824
2825 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2826
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21710
2830 ;;;;;; 25547 57569 864000))
2831 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2832
2833 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2834
2835 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21710 25547
2840 ;;;;;; 58569 859000))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2842
2843 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21710
2852 ;;;;;; 25547 58569 859000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2854
2855 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2856 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2857 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2858 from the cursor position.
2859
2860 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2861
2862 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21710 25547 57569 864000))
2867 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2868 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2869
2870 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2871 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2872
2873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2874
2875 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2876 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2877
2878 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2879
2880 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2884
2885 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2886 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2887
2888 \(fn)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2891 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2892 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2893 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2894
2895 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2896
2897 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2898 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2899 This is most useful in the X window system.
2900 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2901 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2902
2903 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2907 See calc-keypad for details.
2908
2909 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2910
2911 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2912 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2913
2914 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2915
2916 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2917 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2918
2919 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2920
2921 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2922 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2923
2924 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2927 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2928 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2929
2930 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2931
2932 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2933 Define Calc function.
2934
2935 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2936 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2937 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2938
2939 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2940 actual Lisp function name.
2941
2942 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2943
2944 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2945
2946 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2947
2948 ;;;***
2949 \f
2950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 25465
2951 ;;;;;; 87935 304000))
2952 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2953
2954 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2955
2956
2957 \(fn N)" t nil)
2958
2959 ;;;***
2960 \f
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21710 25547 57569
2962 ;;;;;; 864000))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2964
2965 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2966 Run the Emacs calculator.
2967 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2968
2969 \(fn)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21710 25547
2974 ;;;;;; 59569 855000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2978 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2979 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2980 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2981 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2982 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2983
2984 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2985 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2986 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2987 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2988 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2989 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2990 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2991 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2992 window.
2993
2994 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2995 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2996
2997 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2998 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2999 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3000 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3001 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3002 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3003
3004 Runs the following hooks:
3005
3006 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3007 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3008 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3009 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3010
3011 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3012
3013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3014
3015 ;;;***
3016 \f
3017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 25465 166934
3018 ;;;;;; 952000))
3019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3020
3021 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3022 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3023
3024 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3025
3026 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3027 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3028 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3029 it fails.
3030
3031 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3032
3033 ;;;***
3034 \f
3035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21710
3036 ;;;;;; 25547 170569 360000))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3038
3039 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3040 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3042 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3043 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3044
3045 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3046 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3047 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3048 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3049 restriction to ASCII.
3050
3051 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3052
3053 capitalizedWorDD
3054 ^ ^ ^^
3055
3056 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3057 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3058 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3059
3060 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3061 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3062 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3063 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3064 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3065 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3066 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3067
3068 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3069 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3070
3071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3072
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3076 ;;;;;; 25547 173569 347000))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3078
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3080 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3081
3082 \(fn)" nil nil)
3083
3084 ;;;***
3085 \f
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21710 25547
3087 ;;;;;; 174569 342000))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3089
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3091 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3092
3093 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3094 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3095
3096 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3097 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3098
3099 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3100
3101 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3102 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3103 made from scratch.
3104
3105 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3106
3107 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3108 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3109
3110 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3111 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3112 made from scratch.
3113
3114 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3115
3116 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3117 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3118
3119 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3120
3121 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3122 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3123 made from scratch.
3124
3125 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3126
3127 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3129
3130 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3131 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 made from scratch.
3133
3134 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3135
3136 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3137 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3138
3139 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3143 made from scratch.
3144
3145 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3149
3150 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3151 variables are guessed:
3152
3153 * `c-basic-offset', and
3154 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3155 `c-offsets-alist'.
3156
3157 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3158 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3159
3160 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3161 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3165 guess is made from scratch.
3166
3167 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3168 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3169
3170 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3171
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3173 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3174 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3175 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3176
3177 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3178 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3179 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3180
3181 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3182
3183 ;;;***
3184 \f
3185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21713 24233
3186 ;;;;;; 279494 843000))
3187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3188
3189 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3190 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3191 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3192 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3193 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3194 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3195 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3196
3197 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3204 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3206
3207 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3208 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3209 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3210 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3211 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3212 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3213
3214 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3215
3216 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3217 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3218
3219 Key bindings:
3220 \\{c-mode-map}
3221
3222 \(fn)" t nil)
3223
3224 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3226 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3227 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3228 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3229 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3230 message.
3231
3232 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3233
3234 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3235 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3236
3237 Key bindings:
3238 \\{c++-mode-map}
3239
3240 \(fn)" t nil)
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3242
3243 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3246 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3247 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3248 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{objc-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3261
3262 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing Java code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 message.
3269
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3274
3275 Key bindings:
3276 \\{java-mode-map}
3277
3278 \(fn)" t nil)
3279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3280
3281 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3284 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 message.
3288
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3293
3294 Key bindings:
3295 \\{idl-mode-map}
3296
3297 \(fn)" t nil)
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3300
3301 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3302 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3303 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3304 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3305 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3306 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3307 message.
3308
3309 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3310
3311 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3312 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3313
3314 Key bindings:
3315 \\{pike-mode-map}
3316
3317 \(fn)" t nil)
3318 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3323
3324 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3328 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3329 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3330
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3335
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{awk-mode-map}
3338
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21710
3344 ;;;;;; 25547 175569 338000))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3346
3347 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3348 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3349 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3350 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3351
3352 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3353
3354 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3355 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3356 might get set too.
3357
3358 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3359 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3360 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3361 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3362 in this way.
3363
3364 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3365 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3366 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3367 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3368 a null operation.
3369
3370 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3371
3372 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3373 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3374 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3375 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3376
3377 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3378
3379 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3380 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3381 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3382
3383 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3384
3385 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3386 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3387 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3388 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3389 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3390
3391 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3392
3393 ;;;***
3394 \f
3395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21710 25547
3396 ;;;;;; 176569 334000))
3397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3398 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3399 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3400 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3401
3402 ;;;***
3403 \f
3404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21710 25547 123569
3405 ;;;;;; 570000))
3406 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3407
3408 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3409 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3410
3411 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3412
3413 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3414 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3415
3416 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3417
3418 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3419 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3420
3421 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3422 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3423 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3424 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3425 execution.
3426
3427 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3428
3429 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3430
3431 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3432 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3433
3434 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3435 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3436 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3437 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3438
3439 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3440 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3441 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3442 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3443 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3444 `write' commands.
3445
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3447 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3448 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3449 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3450
3451 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3452 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3453 semantics.
3454
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3456
3457 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3458
3459 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3460
3461 STATEMENT :=
3462 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3463 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3464
3465 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3466 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3467 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3468 | integer
3469
3470 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3471
3472 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3473 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3474 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3475
3476 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3477 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3478 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3479
3480 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3481 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3482
3483 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3484 BREAK := (break)
3485
3486 REPEAT :=
3487 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3488 (repeat)
3489 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3490 ;; (repeat))
3491 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3492 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3493 ;; (read REG)
3494 ;; (repeat))
3495 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3496 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3497 ;; (read REG)
3498 ;; (repeat))
3499 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3500
3501 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3502 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3503 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3504 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3505 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3506 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3507 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3508 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3509 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3510 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3511 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3512 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3513 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3514 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3515 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3516 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3517
3518 WRITE :=
3519 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3520 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3521 ;; representation.
3522 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3523 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3524 ;; (write r7))
3525 | (write EXPRESSION)
3526 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3527 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3528 ;; representation.
3529 | (write integer)
3530 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3531 ;; buffer.
3532 | (write string)
3533 ;; Same as: (write string)
3534 | string
3535 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3536 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3537 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3538 ;; representation.
3539 | (write REG ARRAY)
3540 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3541 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3542 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3543 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3544 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3545 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3546
3547 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3548 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3549
3550 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3551 END := (end)
3552
3553 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3554 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3555 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3556
3557 ARG := REG | integer
3558
3559 OPERATOR :=
3560 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3561 + | - | * | / | %
3562
3563 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | & | `|' | ^
3565
3566 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3567 | << | >>
3568
3569 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3570 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3571 | <8
3572
3573 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3574 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3575 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3576 | >8
3577
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3581 | //
3582
3583 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3584 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3585
3586 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3587 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3588 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3589 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3590 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3591 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3592 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3593 | de-sjis
3594
3595 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3596 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3597 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3598 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3599 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3600 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3601 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3602 ;; byte of SJIS.
3603 | en-sjis
3604
3605 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3606 ;; Same meaning as C code
3607 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3608
3609 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3610 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3611 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3612 | <8=
3613
3614 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3616 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3617
3618 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3619 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3620 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3621 | //=
3622
3623 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3624
3625
3626 TRANSLATE :=
3627 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3628 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3629 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3630 LOOKUP :=
3631 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3632 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3633 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3634 MAP :=
3635 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3636 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3637 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3638 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3639 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3640 MAP-ID := integer
3641
3642 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3643
3644 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3645
3646 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3647 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3648 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3649 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3650 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3651 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3652
3653 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3654
3655 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3656 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3657 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3658
3659 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3660
3661 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3662
3663 ;;;***
3664 \f
3665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21710 25547
3666 ;;;;;; 77569 775000))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3668
3669 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3670 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3671 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3672 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3673
3674 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3675
3676 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3677
3678 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3679 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3680
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3682
3683 ;;;***
3684 \f
3685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 25465 97935
3686 ;;;;;; 260000))
3687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3688 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3689
3690 ;;;***
3691 \f
3692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21710 25547
3693 ;;;;;; 176569 334000))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3695 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3696
3697 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3698 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3699 There are no special keybindings by default.
3700
3701 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3702 to the action header.
3703
3704 \(fn)" t nil)
3705
3706 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3707 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3708 There are no special keybindings by default.
3709
3710 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3711 to the action header.
3712
3713 \(fn)" t nil)
3714
3715 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3716 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3717 on the buffer contents
3718
3719 \(fn)" nil nil)
3720
3721 ;;;***
3722 \f
3723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21710 25547
3724 ;;;;;; 77569 775000))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3726 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3727
3728 ;;;***
3729 \f
3730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3731 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 126935 130000))
3732 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3733
3734 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3735 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3736 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3737
3738 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3739
3740 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3741 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3742 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3743
3744 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3745
3746 ;;;***
3747 \f
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21710
3749 ;;;;;; 25465 126935 130000))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3751 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3752 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3753 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3754 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3755 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3760
3761 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3762
3763
3764 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3765 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3766 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3767
3768 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3769 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3770 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3771 the users will view as each check is completed.
3772
3773 \(fn)" t nil)
3774
3775 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3776 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3777 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3778 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3779 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3780 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3781 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3782 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3783
3784 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3785
3786 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3787 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3788 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3789 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3790 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3791 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3792 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3793 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3794
3795 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3798 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3799 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3800 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3801 spacing are all verified.
3802
3803 \(fn)" t nil)
3804
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3806 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3807 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3808 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3809 otherwise stop after the first error.
3810
3811 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3812
3813 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3814 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3815 Only documentation strings are checked.
3816 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3817 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3818 a separate buffer.
3819
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3821
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3823 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3824 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3825 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3826 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3827
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3829
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3831 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3832 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3833 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3834 if there is one.
3835
3836 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3837
3838 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3839 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3840 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3841 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3842 if there is one.
3843 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3848 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3849 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3850
3851 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3852
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3854 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3855 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3856 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3857 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3858
3859 \(fn)" t nil)
3860
3861 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3862 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3863 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3864 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3865 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3866 space at the end of each line.
3867
3868 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3871 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3872 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3873 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3874
3875 \(fn)" t nil)
3876
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3878 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3879 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3880 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3881
3882 \(fn)" t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3885 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3886 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3887 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3888
3889 \(fn)" t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3893 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3895
3896 \(fn)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3902
3903 \(fn)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3909
3910 \(fn)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3913 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3914 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3915 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3916
3917 \(fn)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3920 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3921 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3922 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3923
3924 \(fn)" t nil)
3925
3926 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3927 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3928 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3929 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3930
3931 \(fn)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3934 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3938
3939 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3940 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3941 checking of documentation strings.
3942
3943 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3944
3945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3946
3947 ;;;***
3948 \f
3949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3950 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3952
3953 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3954 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3955 Return the length of resulting text.
3956
3957 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3958
3959 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3960 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3961
3962 \(fn)" t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3965 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3966 Return the length of resulting text.
3967
3968 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3971 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3972
3973 \(fn)" t nil)
3974
3975 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3976
3977
3978 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3979
3980 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3981
3982
3983 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3984
3985 ;;;***
3986 \f
3987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 25465 115935
3988 ;;;;;; 179000))
3989 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3990
3991 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3992 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3993 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3994 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3995 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3996 editing and the result is evaluated.
3997
3998 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4001 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4002 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4003 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4004 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4005
4006 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4007
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4011 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4012 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4013 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4014 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4015
4016 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4017 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4018 \\{command-history-map}
4019
4020 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4021 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4022
4023 \(fn)" t nil)
4024
4025 ;;;***
4026 \f
4027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21710
4028 ;;;;;; 25547 78569 770000))
4029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4030
4031 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4032 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4033 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4034 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4035 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4036 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4037 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4038 of this function.
4039
4040 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4041 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4042 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4043 property are:
4044
4045 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4046 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4047
4048 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4049 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4050 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4051 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4052 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4053 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4054 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4055 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4056 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4057 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4058 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4059 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4060
4061 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4062 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4063 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4064
4065 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4066 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4067 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4068 list elements are:
4069
4070 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4071
4072 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4073
4074 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4075
4076 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4077 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4078
4079 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4080 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4081
4082 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4083 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4084 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4085 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4086 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4087 value specified by their associated list element.
4088
4089 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4090
4091 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4092 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4093 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4094
4095 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4096 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4097 * indent the first argument by 4.
4098 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4099 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4100 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4101
4102 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4103
4104 ;;;***
4105 \f
4106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21710 25547
4107 ;;;;;; 78569 770000))
4108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4109 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4110
4111 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4112
4113 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4114 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4115 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4116 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4117 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4118 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4119
4120 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4121 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4122
4123 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4124
4125 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4126
4127 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4128
4129 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4130
4131 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4132
4133 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4134
4135 ;;;***
4136 \f
4137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 25465
4138 ;;;;;; 307934 323000))
4139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4140
4141 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4142 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4143 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4144 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4145
4146 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4147 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4148 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4149 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4150
4151 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4152 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4153
4154 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4155
4156 ;;;***
4157 \f
4158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 25465 115935
4159 ;;;;;; 179000))
4160 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4161
4162 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4163 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4164 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4165 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4166 of `scheme-program-name').
4167 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4168 it is given as initial input.
4169 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4170 discards input when it starts up.
4171 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4172 is run).
4173 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4174
4175 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4176
4177 ;;;***
4178 \f
4179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 25465 115935 179000))
4180 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4181
4182 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4183 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4184 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4185 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4186
4187 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4188 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4189
4190 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4191 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4192 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4193
4194 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21756 23917 629125 513000))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4200
4201 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4202 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4203 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4204 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4205 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4206 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4207 functions have already modified the buffer.
4208
4209 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4210
4211 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4212 either globally or locally.")
4213
4214 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4215 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4216 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4217 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4218
4219 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4220 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4221 `start-file-process'
4222 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4223 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4224 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4225
4226 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4227 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4228
4229 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4230
4231 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4232
4233 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4234
4235 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4236 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4237 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4238 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4239 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4240 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4241 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4242 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4243 process as its initial input.
4244
4245 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4246
4247 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4248
4249 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4252 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4253 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4254 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4255 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4256 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4257
4258 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4259
4260 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4261 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4262 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4263 directory tracking functions.")
4264
4265 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4266 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4267 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4268
4269 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4270
4271 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4274 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4275 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4276
4277 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4278
4279 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4280
4281 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4282 Send COMMAND to current process.
4283 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4284 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4285
4286 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4287
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4290 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4291 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4292
4293 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4294
4295 ;;;***
4296 \f
4297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21710 25547
4298 ;;;;;; 218569 146000))
4299 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4300
4301 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4302 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4303 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4304 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4305
4306 This command pushes the mark in each window
4307 at the prior location of point in that window.
4308 If both windows display the same buffer,
4309 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4310 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4311
4312 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4313 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4314 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4315 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4316 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4317 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4318 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4319 ignored.
4320
4321 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4322 this command work in interlaced mode:
4323 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4324 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4325 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4326
4327 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4328
4329 ;;;***
4330 \f
4331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21710 25547
4332 ;;;;;; 177569 329000))
4333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4334
4335 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4336 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4337
4338 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4339
4340 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4341 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4342 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4343
4344 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4345
4346 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4347 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4348 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4349
4350 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4351
4352 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4353 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4354 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4355 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4356 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4357
4358 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4359 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4360 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4361 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4362 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4363
4364 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4365 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4366 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4367 describing how the process finished.")
4368
4369 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4370 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4371 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4372 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4373 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4376 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4377 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4378
4379 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4380
4381 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4382 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4383 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4384 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4385
4386 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4387
4388 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4389 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4390
4391 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4392 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4393
4394 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4395 (lambda ()
4396 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4397 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4398 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4399 (concat \"make -k \"
4400 (if buffer-file-name
4401 (shell-quote-argument
4402 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4403
4404 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4405 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4406
4407 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4408 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4409 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4410 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4411
4412 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4413
4414 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4415 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4416 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4417 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4418
4419 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4420 and move to the source code that caused it.
4421
4422 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4423 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4424
4425 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4426 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4427 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4428 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4429 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4430
4431 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4432 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4433 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4434 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4435
4436 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4437 kills its subprocesses.
4438
4439 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4440 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4441 to a function that generates a unique name.
4442
4443 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4444
4445 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4446 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4447 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4448 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4449
4450 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4451 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4452
4453 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4454 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4455 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4456 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4457
4458 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4459 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4460 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4461
4462 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4463
4464 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4467 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4468 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4469 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4470 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4471
4472 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4473
4474 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4475
4476 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4477
4478 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4481 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4483 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4484 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4485
4486 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4487 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4488 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4489 See `compilation-mode'.
4490
4491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4492
4493 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4494 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4495 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4496 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4497 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4498
4499 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4500 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4501 `compilation-mode'.
4502
4503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4504
4505 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4506 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4507 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4508
4509 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4510
4511 ;;;***
4512 \f
4513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21710 25547 71569
4514 ;;;;;; 802000))
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4516
4517 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4518 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4519 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4521 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4522 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4523
4524 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4525
4526 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4527 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4528 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4529 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4530 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4531
4532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4533
4534 ;;;***
4535 \f
4536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21710
4537 ;;;;;; 25547 208569 191000))
4538 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4539
4540 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4541 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4542 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4543 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4544 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4545 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4546 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4547
4548 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4549 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4550 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4551
4552 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4553 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4554 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4555
4556 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4557 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4558 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4559 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4560
4561 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4562 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4563 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4564 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4565 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4566 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4567 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4568
4569 \\{conf-mode-map}
4570
4571 \(fn)" t nil)
4572
4573 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4574 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4575 Comments start with `#'.
4576 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4577
4578 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4579
4580 \[Desktop Entry]
4581 Encoding=UTF-8
4582 Name=The GIMP
4583 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4584 Name[cs]=GIMP
4585
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4587
4588 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4589 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4590 Comments start with `;'.
4591 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4592
4593 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4594
4595 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4596 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4597 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4598
4599 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4600 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4601
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4603
4604 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4606 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4607 between `/*' and `*/'.
4608 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4609
4610 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4611 // another kind of comment
4612 /* yet another */
4613
4614 name:value
4615 name=value
4616 name value
4617 x.1 =
4618 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4619 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4620
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4624 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4625 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4626 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4627 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4628 `conf-space-keywords'.
4629 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4630 in an interactive fashion instead.
4631
4632 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4633
4634 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4635
4636 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4637 image/png png
4638 image/tiff tiff tif
4639
4640 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4641 class desktop
4642 # Standard multimedia devices
4643 add /dev/audio desktop
4644 add /dev/mixer desktop
4645
4646 \(fn)" t nil)
4647
4648 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4649 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4650 See `conf-space-mode'.
4651
4652 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4655 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4656 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4657 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4658
4659 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4660
4661 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4662 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4663
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4665
4666 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4667 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4668 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670
4671 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4672
4673 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4674 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4675
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4677
4678 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4679 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4680 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4681 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682
4683 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4684
4685 *background: gray99
4686 *foreground: black
4687
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4689
4690 ;;;***
4691 \f
4692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 25465 294934
4693 ;;;;;; 381000))
4694 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4695
4696 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4697 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4698 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4699 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4700 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4701 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4702
4703 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4704
4705 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4706 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4707 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4708 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4709
4710 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4711
4712 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4713 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4714 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4715 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4716
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4718
4719 ;;;***
4720 \f
4721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4722 ;;;;;; 25465 128935 122000))
4723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4724 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4725 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4726 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4727
4728 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4729 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4730 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4731 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4732 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4733 following the copyright are updated as well.
4734 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4735 interactively.
4736
4737 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4740 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4741 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4742 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4743 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4744
4745 \(fn)" t nil)
4746
4747 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4748 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4749
4750 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4751
4752 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4753 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4754 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4755
4756 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4757
4758 ;;;***
4759 \f
4760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21710
4761 ;;;;;; 25547 178569 324000))
4762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4763 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4764 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4765 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4766 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4767 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4768 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4769 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4770
4771 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4772 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4773 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4774 Tab indents for Perl code.
4775 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4776 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4777
4778 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4779 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4780 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4781 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4782 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4783 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4784 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4785 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4786 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4787 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4788 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4789 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4790
4791 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4792
4793 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4794 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4795
4796 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4797
4798 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4799 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4800 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4801 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4802 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4803 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4804 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4805 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4806 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4807
4808 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4809
4810 bite if angry;
4811
4812 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4813 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4814 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4815 to nil.)
4816
4817 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4818 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4819 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4820
4821 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4822
4823 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4824 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4825 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4826 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4827 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4828
4829 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4830
4831 if (A) { B }
4832
4833 into
4834
4835 B if A;
4836
4837 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4838
4839 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4840 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4841 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4842 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4843 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4844 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4845 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4846 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4847 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4848 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4849 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4850 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4851 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4852
4853 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4854 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4855 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4856 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4857 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4858 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4859
4860 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4861 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4862 man via menu.
4863
4864 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4865 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4866 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4867 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4868 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4869
4870 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4871 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4872 span the needed amount of lines.
4873
4874 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4875 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4876 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4877 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4878
4879 Variables controlling indentation style:
4880 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4881 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4882 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4883 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4884 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4885 `cperl-auto-newline'
4886 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4887 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4888 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4889 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4890 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4891 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4892 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4893 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4894 `cperl-indent-level'
4895 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4896 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4897 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4898 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4899 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4900 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4901 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4902 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4903 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4904 `cperl-brace-offset'
4905 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4906 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4907 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4908 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4909 `cperl-label-offset'
4910 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4911 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4912 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4913
4914 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4915 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4916 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4917 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4918 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4919 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4920
4921 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4922 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4923 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4924 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4925
4926 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4927 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4928 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4929 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4930 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4931 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4932 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4933
4934 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4935 column 0 is indented on
4936 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4937
4938 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4939 with no args.
4940
4941 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4942 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4943 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4944
4945 \(fn)" t nil)
4946
4947 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4948 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4949
4950 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4953 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4954
4955 \(fn)" t nil)
4956
4957 ;;;***
4958 \f
4959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 25465 310934
4960 ;;;;;; 310000))
4961 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4962
4963 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4964 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4965 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4966 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4967 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4968
4969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4972 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4973
4974 \(fn)" t nil)
4975
4976 ;;;***
4977 \f
4978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 25465 128935
4979 ;;;;;; 122000))
4980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4981
4982 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4983 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4984 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4985 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4986 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4987 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4988 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4989 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4990
4991 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4992 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4993
4994 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4995 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4996 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4997
4998 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4999 with empty strings removed.
5000
5001 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5002
5003 ;;;***
5004 \f
5005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21710 25547
5006 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5008
5009 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5010 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5011
5012 \(fn)" t nil)
5013
5014 ;;;***
5015 \f
5016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21710 25547
5017 ;;;;;; 86569 735000))
5018 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5019
5020 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5021 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5022 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5025 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5026
5027 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5028
5029 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5030 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5032 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5033 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5034
5035 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5036 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5037 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5038 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5039 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5040 normal function of these prefix keys.
5041
5042 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5043 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5044 options:
5045 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5046 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5047 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5048
5049 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5050 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5051 the prefix fallback behavior.
5052
5053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5054
5055 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5056 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5057
5058 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5059
5060 ;;;***
5061 \f
5062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 25465
5063 ;;;;;; 138935 77000))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5065
5066 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5067 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5068 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5069
5070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21710 25547 72569
5075 ;;;;;; 797000))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5077
5078 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5079 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5080
5081 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5082
5083 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5084 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5085
5086 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5087
5088 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5089 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5090
5091 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5092
5093 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5094 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5095
5096 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5097 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5098
5099 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5100 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5101
5102 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5103
5104 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5105
5106 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5107 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5108 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5109
5110 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5111 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5112
5113 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5114 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5115
5116 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5117 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5118
5119 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5120
5121 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5122
5123 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5124 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5125 Return VALUE.
5126
5127 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5128 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5129
5130 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5131 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5132
5133 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5134 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5135
5136 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5137
5138 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5139
5140 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5141 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5142 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5143 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5144
5145 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5146 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5147 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5148
5149 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5150
5151 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5152 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5153 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5154 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5155 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5156
5157 \(fn)" t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5160 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5161 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5162 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5163
5164 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5167 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5168 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5169
5170 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5173 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5174
5175 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5176
5177 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5178
5179 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5180 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5181
5182 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5183
5184 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5185
5186 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5187 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5188 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5189
5190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5191
5192 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5193 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5194 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5195 as part of Emacs itself.
5196
5197 Each elements looks like this:
5198
5199 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5200
5201 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5202 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5203 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5204 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5205 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5206 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5207 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5208 and `defface'.
5209
5210 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5211
5212 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5213 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5214 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5215 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5216 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5217
5218 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5219 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5220 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5221 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5222
5223 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5224
5225 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5226 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5227 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5228 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5229 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5230 release.
5231
5232 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5233 that were added or redefined since that version.
5234
5235 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5236
5237 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5239 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5240 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5241
5242 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5243
5244 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5245 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5246
5247 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5250 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5251 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5252
5253 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5254 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5255
5256 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5260
5261 \(fn)" t nil)
5262
5263 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5264 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5265
5266 \(fn)" t nil)
5267
5268 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all saved options and faces.
5270
5271 \(fn)" t nil)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5275 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5276 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5277 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5278 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5279
5280 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5281 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5282 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5283
5284 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5285
5286 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5287 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5288
5289 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5290
5291 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5293
5294 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5295
5296 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5297 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5298
5299 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5300
5301 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5302 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5303 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5304 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5305 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5306 that option.
5307 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5308
5309 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5312 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5313 The result includes selecting that window.
5314 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5315 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5316 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5317 that option.
5318
5319 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5320
5321 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5322 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5323
5324 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5325
5326 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5327 File used for storing customization information.
5328 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5329 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5330 it should be an absolute file name.
5331
5332 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5333 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5334 something like the following in your init file:
5335
5336 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5337 \(load custom-file)
5338
5339 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5340 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5341
5342 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5343 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5344 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5345 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5346 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5347
5348 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5349 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5350 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5351 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5352 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5353 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5354 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5355 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5356 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5357 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5358
5359 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5360
5361 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5362 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5363
5364 \(fn)" nil nil)
5365
5366 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5367 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5368
5369 \(fn)" t nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5373 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5374
5375 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5376
5377 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5378 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5379 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5380 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5381 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5382
5383 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5384
5385 ;;;***
5386 \f
5387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 25465 118935
5388 ;;;;;; 166000))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5390
5391 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5392 Create or edit a custom theme.
5393 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5394 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5395 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5396 from the Custom save file.
5397 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5398 named *Custom Theme*.
5399
5400 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5401
5402 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5403 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5404
5405 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5406
5407 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5408 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5409
5410 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5411
5412 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5413 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5414 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5415 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5416
5417 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5418
5419 ;;;***
5420 \f
5421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 25465
5422 ;;;;;; 366934 60000))
5423 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5424
5425 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5426 Mode used for cvs status output.
5427
5428 \(fn)" t nil)
5429
5430 ;;;***
5431 \f
5432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21710 25547 178569
5433 ;;;;;; 324000))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5435 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5436
5437 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5438 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5439
5440 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5441
5442 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5443 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5444 C++ modes are included.
5445
5446 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5447 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5448 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5449
5450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5451
5452 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5453
5454 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5455 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5456 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5459 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5460
5461 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5462
5463 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5464 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5465 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5466 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5467 ARG is omitted or nil.
5468
5469 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5470 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5471 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5472
5473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5474
5475 ;;;***
5476 \f
5477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5478 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5480
5481 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5482 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5483
5484 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5487 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5488
5489 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5492 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5493 For readability, the table is slightly
5494 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5495
5496 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5497 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5498 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5499 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5500 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5501
5502 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505 \f
5506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 25465 118935
5507 ;;;;;; 166000))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5509 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5510 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5511 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5512 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5513
5514 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5515 Completion on current word.
5516 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5517 and presents suggestions for completion.
5518
5519 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5520 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5521 completions.
5522
5523 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5524 then it searches *all* buffers.
5525
5526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5527
5528 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5529 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5530
5531 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5532 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5533 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5534 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5535 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5536
5537 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5538 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5539
5540 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5541 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5542 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5543
5544 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5545 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5546
5547 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5548
5549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5550
5551 ;;;***
5552 \f
5553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 25465
5554 ;;;;;; 97935 260000))
5555 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5556
5557 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5558 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5559
5560 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5561
5562 ;;;***
5563 \f
5564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21710 25547 142569 485000))
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5566
5567 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5568 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5569 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5570 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5571 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5572
5573 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5574
5575 ;;;***
5576 \f
5577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 25465
5578 ;;;;;; 310934 310000))
5579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5580
5581 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5582 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5583
5584 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5585 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5586 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5587
5588 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5589 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5590 Data lines are not indented.
5591
5592 Key bindings:
5593
5594 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5595 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5596
5597 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5598 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5599 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5600 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5601
5602 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5603
5604 dcl-basic-offset
5605 Extra indentation within blocks.
5606
5607 dcl-continuation-offset
5608 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5609
5610 dcl-margin-offset
5611 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5612
5613 dcl-margin-label-offset
5614 Indentation for a label.
5615
5616 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5617 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5618
5619 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5620 dcl-block-end-regexp
5621 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5622 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5623 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5624 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5625 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5626
5627 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5628 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5629 Two such functions are included in the package:
5630 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5631 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5632
5633 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5634 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5635 One such function is included in the package:
5636 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5637
5638 dcl-tab-always-indent
5639 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5640 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5641 margin.
5642
5643 dcl-electric-characters
5644 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5645 typed.
5646
5647 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5648 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5649 which words trigger electric indentation.
5650
5651 dcl-tempo-comma
5652 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5653 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5654 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5655
5656 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5657 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5658 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5659 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5660
5661 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5662 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5663 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5664 dcl-imenu-label-call
5665 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5666
5667 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5668 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5669 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5670 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5671
5672
5673 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5674
5675 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5676 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5677 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5678 $ i = 1
5679 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5680 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5681 $ label:
5682 $ if i.eq.1
5683 $ then
5684 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5685 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5686 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5687 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5688 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5689 \"lined up with the command line\"
5690 $ type sys$input
5691 Data lines are not indented at all.
5692 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5693 $ endif
5694 $
5695
5696
5697 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5698 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5699
5700 \(fn)" t nil)
5701
5702 ;;;***
5703 \f
5704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21710 25465
5705 ;;;;;; 129935 117000))
5706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5707
5708 (setq debugger 'debug)
5709
5710 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5711 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5712 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5713 of the evaluator.
5714
5715 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5716 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5717 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5718
5719 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5720
5721 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5722 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5723
5724 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5725
5726 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5727 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5728 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5729 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5730 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5731 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5732
5733 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5734 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5735
5736 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5737
5738 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5739 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5740 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5741 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5742 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5743
5744 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5745
5746 ;;;***
5747 \f
5748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 25465
5749 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5751
5752 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5753 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5754
5755 \(fn)" t nil)
5756
5757 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5758 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5759 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5760 Upper-case letters are commands.
5761
5762 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5763 modify it.
5764
5765 The most useful commands are:
5766 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5767 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5768 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5769 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5770 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5771 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5772
5773 \(fn)" t nil)
5774
5775 ;;;***
5776 \f
5777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 25465 118935
5778 ;;;;;; 166000))
5779 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5780 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5781
5782 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5783 Customization of `columns' group.
5784
5785 \(fn)" t nil)
5786
5787 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5788 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5789
5790 START and END delimits the text region.
5791
5792 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5793
5794 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5795 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5796
5797 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5798
5799 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5800
5801 ;;;***
5802 \f
5803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21710 25465 118935 166000))
5804 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5805
5806 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5807
5808 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5809 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5810 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5813 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5814
5815 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5816
5817 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5818 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5820 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5821 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5822
5823 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5824 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5825 point regardless of any selection.
5826
5827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5828
5829 ;;;***
5830 \f
5831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21710 25547
5832 ;;;;;; 79569 766000))
5833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5834
5835 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5836 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5837
5838 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5839
5840 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5841 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5842 or nil if there is no parent.
5843 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5844 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5845 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5846 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5847 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5848
5849 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5850 arguments are currently understood:
5851 :group GROUP
5852 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5853 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5854 :syntax-table TABLE
5855 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5856 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5857 :abbrev-table TABLE
5858 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5859 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5860
5861 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5862
5863 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5864
5865 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5866 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5867 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5868
5869 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5870 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5871
5872 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5873 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5874 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5875
5876 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5877 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5878
5879 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5880 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5881
5882 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5883
5884 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5885
5886 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5887
5888 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5889 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5890 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5891 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5892 the first time the mode is used.
5893
5894 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5895
5896 ;;;***
5897 \f
5898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21710 25547 72569
5899 ;;;;;; 797000))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5901
5902 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5903 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5904 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5905 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5906 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5907 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5908 otherwise.
5909
5910 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5911
5912 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5913 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5914 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5915 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5916
5917 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5918 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5919 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5920
5921 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5922 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5923 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5924 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5925 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5926 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5927 relevant to POS.
5928
5929 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5930
5931 ;;;***
5932 \f
5933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21710 25547 73569 793000))
5934 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5935
5936 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5937 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5938 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5941 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5942
5943 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5944
5945 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5946 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5948 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5949 is omitted or nil.
5950
5951 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5952 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5953 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5954 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5955
5956 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5957 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5958
5959 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5960 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5961
5962 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5963
5964 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5965
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5967
5968 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5969 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5970 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5971 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5972
5973 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5974
5975 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5976 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5977
5978 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5979 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5980 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5981
5982 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5983 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5984
5985 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5986 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5987 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5988
5989 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5990 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5991 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5992 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5993
5994 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5995
5996 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5997 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5998
5999 Handlers are called with argument list
6000
6001 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6002
6003 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6004
6005 `desktop-file-version'
6006 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6007 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6008 `desktop-buffer-point'
6009 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6010 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6011 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6012
6013 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6014 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6015
6016 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6017 code like
6018
6019 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6020 ...
6021 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6022 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6023
6024 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6025
6026 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6027
6028 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6029 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6030 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6031 List elements must have the form
6032
6033 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6034
6035 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6036 function.
6037
6038 Handlers are called with argument list
6039
6040 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6041
6042 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6043
6044 `desktop-file-version'
6045 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6046 `desktop-buffer-name'
6047 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6048 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6049 `desktop-buffer-point'
6050 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6051 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6052 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6053
6054 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6055 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6056 created and set.
6057
6058 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6059 code like
6060
6061 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6062 ...
6063 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6064 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6065
6066 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6067
6068 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6069
6070 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6071
6072 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6073 Empty the Desktop.
6074 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6075 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6076 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6077 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6078 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6079 if different).
6080
6081 \(fn)" t nil)
6082
6083 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6084 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6085 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6086 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6087 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6088 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6089 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6090
6091 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6094 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6095 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6096
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6098
6099 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6100 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6101 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6102 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6103 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6104 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6105 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6106 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6107
6108 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6109
6110 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6111 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6112 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6113
6114 \(fn)" nil nil)
6115
6116 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6117
6118 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6119 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6120 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6121 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6122 directory DIRNAME.
6123
6124 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6127 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6128
6129 \(fn)" t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6132 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6133
6134 \(fn)" t nil)
6135
6136 ;;;***
6137 \f
6138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 25465
6139 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
6140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6141
6142 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6143 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6144 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6145 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6146 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6147 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6148
6149 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6150
6151 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6152 Repair a broken attribution line.
6153 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6154
6155 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6156
6157 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6158 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6159 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6160 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6161
6162 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6163
6164 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6165 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6166
6167 \(fn)" t nil)
6168
6169 ;;;***
6170 \f
6171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21710
6172 ;;;;;; 25547 60569 851000))
6173 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6174
6175 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6176 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6177 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6178 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6179 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6180
6181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6182
6183 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6184 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6185 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6186 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6187
6188 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6189 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6190 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6191 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6192
6193 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6194 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6195
6196 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6197 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6198 calendar-date-style 'european
6199 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6200
6201 \(diary-mail-entries)
6202
6203 # diary-rem.el ends here
6204
6205 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6206
6207 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6208 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6209
6210 \(fn)" t nil)
6211
6212 ;;;***
6213 \f
6214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 25465 367934 56000))
6215 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6216
6217 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6218 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6219
6220 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6221
6222 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6223 The command to use to run diff.")
6224
6225 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6226
6227 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6228 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6229 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6230 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6231 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6232 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6233
6234 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6235 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6236 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6237
6238 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6239
6240 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6241 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6242 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6243 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6244 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6245 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6246
6247 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6248
6249 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6250 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6251
6252 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6253
6254 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6255 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6256 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6257
6258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6259
6260 ;;;***
6261 \f
6262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21710 25547
6263 ;;;;;; 218569 146000))
6264 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6265
6266 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6267 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6268 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6269 normal diffs.
6270
6271 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6272 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6273 headers for you on-the-fly.
6274
6275 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6276 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6277 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6278
6279 \\{diff-mode-map}
6280
6281 \(fn)" t nil)
6282
6283 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6284 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6285 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6286 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6287 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6288
6289 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6290
6291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6292
6293 ;;;***
6294 \f
6295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 25465 242934 613000))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6297
6298 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6299 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6300 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6301
6302 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6303
6304 ;;;***
6305 \f
6306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21756 23917 629125 513000))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6308
6309 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6310 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6311 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6312 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6313 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6314 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6315 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6316 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6317
6318 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6319
6320 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6321 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6322 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6323 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6324 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6325 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6326
6327 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6328 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6329 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6330 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6331 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6332 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6333 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6334 list of files to make directory entries for.
6335 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6336 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6337 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6338
6339 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6340
6341 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6342 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6343
6344 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6345 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6346
6347 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6348 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6349
6350 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6351 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6352
6353 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6356 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6357
6358 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6359
6360 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6361 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6362 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6363 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6364 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6365 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6366 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6367 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6368 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6369 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6370 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6371 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6372 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6373 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6374 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6375 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6376 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6377 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6378 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6379 to see why something went wrong.
6380 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6381 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6382 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6383 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6384 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6385 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6386 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6387 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6388 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6389 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6390 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6391 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6392 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6393
6394 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6395 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6396 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6397 again for the directory tree.
6398
6399 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6400 for more info):
6401
6402 `dired-listing-switches'
6403 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6404 `dired-marker-char'
6405 `dired-del-marker'
6406 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6407 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6408 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6409 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6410
6411 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6412
6413 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6414 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6415 `dired-mode-hook'
6416 `dired-load-hook'
6417
6418 Keybindings:
6419 \\{dired-mode-map}
6420
6421 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6422 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6423
6424 ;;;***
6425 \f
6426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 25465 121935
6427 ;;;;;; 153000))
6428 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6429
6430 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6431 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6434 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6435
6436 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6437 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6438 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6439
6440 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6441 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6442 directory.
6443
6444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445
6446 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6447 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6448 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6449 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6450 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6451 from `default-directory'.
6452
6453 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6454
6455 ;;;***
6456 \f
6457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 25465
6458 ;;;;;; 129935 117000))
6459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6460
6461 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6462 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6463 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6464 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6465 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6466 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6467
6468 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6469
6470 ;;;***
6471 \f
6472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 25465 121935
6473 ;;;;;; 153000))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6475
6476 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6477 Return a new, empty display table.
6478
6479 \(fn)" nil nil)
6480
6481 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6482 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6483 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6484 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6485 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6486
6487 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6488
6489 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6490 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6491 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6492 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6493 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6494
6495 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6496
6497 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6498 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6499
6500 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6501
6502 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6503 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6504
6505 \(fn)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6508 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6509
6510 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6511 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6512
6513 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6514 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6515 byte.
6516
6517 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6518 in the default way after this call.
6519
6520 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6523 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6524
6525 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6528 Display character C using printable string S.
6529
6530 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6531
6532 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6533 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6534 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6535 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6536
6537 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6538
6539 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6540 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6541 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6542 X frame.
6543
6544 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6547 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6548
6549 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6550
6551 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6552 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6553
6554 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6555
6556 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6557 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6558
6559 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6560
6561 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6562 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6563
6564 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6565
6566 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6567 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6568
6569 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6570
6571 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6572 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6573
6574 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6575 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6576
6577 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6578 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6579
6580 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6581 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6582 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6583 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6584
6585 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6586 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6587 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6588 in `.emacs'.
6589
6590 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6591
6592 ;;;***
6593 \f
6594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 25465
6595 ;;;;;; 294934 381000))
6596 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6597
6598 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6599 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6600 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6601 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6602 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6603 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6604 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6605 Default is 2.
6606
6607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6608
6609 ;;;***
6610 \f
6611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21710 25547 74569 788000))
6612 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6613
6614 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6615 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6616 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6617 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6618 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6619 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6620 private or ask).
6621 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6622 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6623 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6624 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6625 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6626
6627 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6628
6629 ;;;***
6630 \f
6631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 25465
6632 ;;;;;; 350934 132000))
6633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6634
6635 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6636 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6637 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6638 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6639 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6640 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6641 table and its own syntax table.
6642
6643 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6644
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6646 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6647
6648 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6649 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6650
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6652
6653 ;;;***
6654 \f
6655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21710 25547 75569
6656 ;;;;;; 784000))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6658
6659 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6660 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6661 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6662 OpenDocument format).
6663
6664 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6665
6666 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6667 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6668
6669 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6670 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6671
6672 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6673 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6674 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6675
6676 \(fn)" t nil)
6677
6678 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6679 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6680 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6681 to the next best mode.
6682
6683 \(fn)" nil nil)
6684
6685 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6686 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6689 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6690
6691 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6692
6693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6694
6695 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6696
6697
6698 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6699
6700 ;;;***
6701 \f
6702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 25465 295934
6703 ;;;;;; 377000))
6704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6705
6706 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6707 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6708
6709 \(fn)" t nil)
6710
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 25465 122935 148000))
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6715
6716 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6717 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6719 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6720 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6721
6722 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6723 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6724
6725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6726
6727 ;;;***
6728 \f
6729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21710 25547 166569
6730 ;;;;;; 378000))
6731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6732 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6733
6734 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6735 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6736
6737 \(fn)" t nil)
6738
6739 ;;;***
6740 \f
6741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21710
6742 ;;;;;; 25547 79569 766000))
6743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6744
6745 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6746
6747 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6748 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6749 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6750 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6751 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6752
6753 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6754 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6755 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6756 and disables it otherwise.
6757
6758 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6759 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6760 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6761 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6762
6763 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6764 documenting what its argument does.
6765
6766 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6767 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6768 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6769 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6770 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6771 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6772 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6773 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6774
6775 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6776 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6777 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6778 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6779 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6780 mode is global):
6781
6782 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6783 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6784 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6785 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6786 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6787 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6788 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6789 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6790 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6791 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6792 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6793 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6794 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6795 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6796 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6797 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6798 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6799 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6800 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6801 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6802 in :variable).
6803
6804 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6805 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6806
6807 For example, you could write
6808 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6809 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6810 ...BODY CODE...)
6811
6812 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6813
6814 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6815
6816 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6817
6818 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6819
6820 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6821 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6822 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6823 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6824 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6825 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6826 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6827 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6828 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6829 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6830 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6831 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6832
6833 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6834 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6835 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6836 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6837 call another major mode in their body.
6838
6839 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6840 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6841 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6842
6843 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6844
6845 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6846
6847 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6848 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6849 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6850 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6851 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6852 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6853 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6854
6855 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6856
6857 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6858 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6859 :inherit Parent keymap.
6860 :group Ignored.
6861 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6862 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6863
6864 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6865
6866 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6867 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6868 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6869 the constant's documentation.
6870
6871 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6872
6873 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6874 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6875 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6876
6877 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6878
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6882 ;;;;;; 25465 129935 117000))
6883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6884
6885 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6886 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6887 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6888 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6889
6890 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6891 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6892 as a top-level menu bar item.
6893
6894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6895 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6896 pairs:
6897
6898 :filter FUNCTION
6899 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6900 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6901 items to actually display.
6902
6903 :visible INCLUDE
6904 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6905 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6906 alias for `:visible'.
6907
6908 :active ENABLE
6909 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6910 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6911 an alias for `:active'.
6912
6913 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6914 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6915
6916 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6917
6918 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6919
6920 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6921 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6922
6923 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6924 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6925
6926 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6927
6928 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6929
6930 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6931 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6932
6933 :keys KEYS
6934 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6935 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6936 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6937 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6938
6939 :key-sequence KEYS
6940 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6941 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6942 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6943 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6944
6945 :active ENABLE
6946 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6947 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6948 alias for `:active'.
6949
6950 :visible INCLUDE
6951 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6952 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6953 `:visible'.
6954
6955 :label FORM
6956 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6957 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6958
6959 :suffix FORM
6960 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6961 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6962
6963 :style STYLE
6964 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6965 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6966 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6967
6968 :selected SELECTED
6969 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6970 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6971
6972 :help HELP
6973 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6974
6975 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6976 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6977 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6978
6979 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6980 MENU. This is a submenu.
6981
6982 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6983
6984 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6985
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6987
6988
6989 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6990
6991 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6992 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6993 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6994 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6995
6996 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6997
6998 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6999 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7000 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7001 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7002 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7003 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7004
7005 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7006 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7007 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7008
7009 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7010 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7011 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7012
7013 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7014 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7015
7016 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7017
7018 ;;;***
7019 \f
7020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 25465
7021 ;;;;;; 312934 301000))
7022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7023 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7024
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Customization for ebnf group.
7027
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7029
7030 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7031 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7032
7033 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7034
7035 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7036 processed.
7037
7038 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7039
7040 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7043 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7044
7045 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7046 killed after process termination.
7047
7048 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7049
7050 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7051
7052 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7053 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7054
7055 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7056 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7057 it to the printer.
7058
7059 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7060 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7061 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7062 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7063
7064 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7065
7066 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7067 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7068 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7069
7070 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7071
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7074
7075 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7076
7077 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7078 processed.
7079
7080 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7081
7082 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7085 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7086
7087 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7088 killed after process termination.
7089
7090 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7091
7092 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7096 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7097 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7098
7099 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7100
7101 \(fn)" t nil)
7102
7103 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7104 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7105 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7106
7107 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7108
7109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7113
7114 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7115
7116 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7117 processed.
7118
7119 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7120
7121 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7122
7123 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7124 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7125
7126 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7127 killed after EPS generation.
7128
7129 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7130
7131 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7134 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7135
7136 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7137 The EPS file name has the following form:
7138
7139 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7140
7141 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7142 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7143
7144 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7145 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7146 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7147 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7148 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7149
7150 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7151 files.
7152
7153 \(fn)" t nil)
7154
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7157
7158 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7159 The EPS file name has the following form:
7160
7161 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7162
7163 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7164 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7165
7166 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7167 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7168 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7169 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7170 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7171
7172 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7173 files.
7174
7175 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7176
7177 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7178
7179 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7180 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7181
7182 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7183
7184 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7185 are processed.
7186
7187 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7188
7189 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7193
7194 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7195 killed after syntax checking.
7196
7197 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7198
7199 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7200
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7203
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7205
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7208
7209 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7210
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7213
7214 \(fn)" nil nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7218
7219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7220
7221 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7225
7226 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7227
7228 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7229
7230 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7231 Delete style NAME.
7232
7233 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7234
7235 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7238 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7239
7240 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7241
7242 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Set STYLE as the current style.
7246
7247 Returns the old style symbol.
7248
7249 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7250
7251 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Reset current style.
7255
7256 Returns the old style symbol.
7257
7258 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7259
7260 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7261
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7264
7265 Returns the old style symbol.
7266
7267 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7268
7269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270
7271 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7275
7276 Returns the old style symbol.
7277
7278 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7279
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281
7282 \(fn)" t nil)
7283
7284 ;;;***
7285 \f
7286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 25465
7287 ;;;;;; 313934 297000))
7288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7289
7290 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7291 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7292 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7293 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7294 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7295 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7296
7297 Tree mode key bindings:
7298 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7299
7300 \(fn)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7303 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7304
7305 \(fn)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7308 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7309
7310 \(fn)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7313 View declaration of member at point.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7318 Find declaration of member at point.
7319
7320 \(fn)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7323 View definition of member at point.
7324
7325 \(fn)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7328 Find definition of member at point.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7333 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7334
7335 \(fn)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7338 View definition of member at point in other window.
7339
7340 \(fn)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7343 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7348 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7353 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7358 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7363 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7364 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7365 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7366 completion.
7367
7368 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7371 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7372 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7373 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7374
7375 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7378 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7379 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7380 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7381
7382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7385 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7386 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7387
7388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7391 Search for call sites of a member.
7392 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7393 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7394 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7395 looks like a function call to the member.
7396
7397 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7398
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7400 Move backward in the position stack.
7401 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7402
7403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7406 Move forward in the position stack.
7407 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7408
7409 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7412 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7417 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7418
7419 \(fn)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7422 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7423 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7424 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7425
7426 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7429 Display statistics for a class tree.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 ;;;***
7434 \f
7435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 25465 122935
7436 ;;;;;; 148000))
7437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7438
7439 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7440 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7441 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7442 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7443 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7444 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7445 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7446
7447 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7448
7449 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7450 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7451 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7452 also has this effect.
7453 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7454 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7455 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7456 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7457 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7458 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7459 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7460 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7461 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7462 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7463
7464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7465
7466 ;;;***
7467 \f
7468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 25465 122935
7469 ;;;;;; 148000))
7470 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7471
7472 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7473 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7474 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7475
7476 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7477
7478 ;;;***
7479 \f
7480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 25465
7481 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7483
7484 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7485
7486
7487 \(fn)" nil nil)
7488
7489 ;;;***
7490 \f
7491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21710 25547 62569 842000))
7492 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7493 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7494
7495 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7496 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7497 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7500 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7501
7502 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7505 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7508 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7509
7510 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7511 an EDE controlled project.
7512
7513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7514
7515 ;;;***
7516 \f
7517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21710 25547
7518 ;;;;;; 80569 762000))
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7520
7521 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7522 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7523 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7524 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7525 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7526
7527 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7528 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7529 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7530 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7531
7532 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7533
7534 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7535 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7536 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7537 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7538
7539 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7540
7541 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7542 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7543 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7544 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7545
7546 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7547
7548 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7549
7550 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7551 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7552 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7553 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7554 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7555
7556 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7557 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7558 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7559 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7560 instrumented for Edebug.
7561
7562 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7563 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7564 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7565 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7566 already is one.)
7567
7568 \(fn)" t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7571 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7572
7573 \(fn)" t nil)
7574
7575 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7576 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7577
7578 \(fn)" t nil)
7579
7580 ;;;***
7581 \f
7582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 25465 369934 47000))
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7584 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7587 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7588
7589 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7592 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7593
7594 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7595
7596 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7597
7598 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7599
7600 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7601 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7602 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7603 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7604
7605 \(fn)" t nil)
7606
7607 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7608 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7609 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7610 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7611
7612 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7613
7614 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7615 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7616
7617 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7618
7619 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7620
7621 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7622 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7623
7624 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7625
7626 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7627
7628 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7629 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7630 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7631 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7632
7633 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7634
7635 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7636
7637 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7638 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7639 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7640 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7641
7642 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7643
7644 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7645
7646 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7647 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7648 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7649 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7650
7651 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7652
7653 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7656 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7657 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7658 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7659
7660 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7661
7662 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7663
7664 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7665 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7666 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7667 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7668 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7669 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7670
7671 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7675 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7676 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7677
7678 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7679
7680 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7681
7682 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7684 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7685 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7688
7689 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7690
7691 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7692
7693 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7694 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7695 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7696 follows:
7697 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7698 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7699
7700 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7701
7702 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7703 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7704 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7705 follows:
7706 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7707 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7708
7709 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7713 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7714 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7715 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7716
7717 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7721 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7722 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7723 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7724 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7725
7726 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7727
7728 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7729
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7731 Merge two files without ancestor.
7732
7733 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7734
7735 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7736 Merge two files with ancestor.
7737
7738 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7739
7740 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7743 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7744
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7748 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7749
7750 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7751
7752 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7753 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7754 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7755 buffer.
7756
7757 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7758
7759 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7761 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7762 buffer.
7763
7764 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7765
7766 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7767 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7768 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7769 and don't ask the user.
7770 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7771 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7772
7773 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7777 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7778 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7779 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7780 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7781 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7782 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7783
7784 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7785
7786 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7787
7788 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7789
7790 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7791 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7792 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7793 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7794 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7795
7796 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7797
7798 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7799
7800 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7801 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7802 When called interactively, displays the version.
7803
7804 \(fn)" t nil)
7805
7806 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7807 Display Ediff's manual.
7808 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7809
7810 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7811
7812 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7813
7814
7815 \(fn)" nil nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7818
7819
7820 \(fn)" nil nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7823
7824
7825 \(fn)" nil nil)
7826
7827 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7828
7829
7830 \(fn)" nil nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7833
7834
7835 \(fn)" nil nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7838
7839
7840 \(fn)" nil nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7843
7844
7845 \(fn)" nil nil)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7848
7849
7850 \(fn)" nil nil)
7851
7852 ;;;***
7853 \f
7854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 25465
7855 ;;;;;; 367934 56000))
7856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7859
7860
7861 \(fn)" t nil)
7862
7863 ;;;***
7864 \f
7865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 25465
7866 ;;;;;; 368934 51000))
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7870 Display Ediff's registry.
7871
7872 \(fn)" t nil)
7873
7874 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7875
7876 ;;;***
7877 \f
7878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21710 25547
7879 ;;;;;; 219569 142000))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7881
7882 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7883 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7884 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7885 which see.
7886
7887 \(fn)" t nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7890 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7891 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7892 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7893
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7895
7896 ;;;***
7897 \f
7898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 25465 122935
7899 ;;;;;; 148000))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7901 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7902
7903 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7904 Edit a keyboard macro.
7905 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7906 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7907 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7908 its command name.
7909 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7910
7911 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7914 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7915
7916 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7919 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7920
7921 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7924 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7925 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7926 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7927 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7928 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7929
7930 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7931 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7932 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7933 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7934
7935 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7936
7937 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7938 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7939 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7940 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7941 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7942 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7943
7944 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7945
7946 ;;;***
7947 \f
7948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21710 25547 86569
7949 ;;;;;; 735000))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7951
7952 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7953 Set scroll margins.
7954 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7955 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7956
7957 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7960 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7961
7962 \(fn)" t nil)
7963
7964 ;;;***
7965 \f
7966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 25465 122935 148000))
7967 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7968
7969 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7970 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7971 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7972 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7973 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7974 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7975 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7976
7977 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7978 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7979
7980 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7981 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7982 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7983 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7984
7985 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7986 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7987 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7988
7989 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7990 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7991 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7992
7993 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7994
7995 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7996
7997
7998 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7999
8000 ;;;***
8001 \f
8002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21710 25547
8003 ;;;;;; 82569 753000))
8004 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8005 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8006
8007 ;;;***
8008 \f
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21710
8010 ;;;;;; 25547 81569 757000))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8012 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8013
8014 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8015 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8016 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8017 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8018 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8019 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8020 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8021
8022 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8023
8024 ;;;***
8025 \f
8026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21710 25547
8027 ;;;;;; 82569 753000))
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8029
8030 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8031 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8032
8033 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8034
8035 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8036 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8038 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8039 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8040
8041 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8042 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8043 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8044 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8045 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8046 expression point is on.
8047
8048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8049
8050 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8051
8052 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8053 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8054 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8055 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8056 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8057 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8058 arg list.
8059
8060 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8061 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8062 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8063 effect.
8064
8065 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8066 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8067
8068 ;;;***
8069 \f
8070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21710 25465 122935
8071 ;;;;;; 148000))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8073
8074 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8075 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8076
8077 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8078 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8079 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8080
8081 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8082
8083 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8084 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8085 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8087 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8088 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8089
8090 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8091
8092 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8093 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8094 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8095 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8096 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8097
8098 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8099 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8100 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8101
8102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8103
8104 ;;;***
8105 \f
8106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 25465 123935
8107 ;;;;;; 144000))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8109
8110 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8111 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8112
8113 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8114 an elided material again.
8115
8116 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8117
8118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8119
8120 ;;;***
8121 \f
8122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 25465
8123 ;;;;;; 132935 104000))
8124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8125
8126 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8127 Lint the file FILE.
8128
8129 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8130
8131 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8132 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8133 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8134
8135 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8138 Lint the current buffer.
8139 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8140
8141 \(fn)" t nil)
8142
8143 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8144 Lint the function at point.
8145 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8146
8147 \(fn)" t nil)
8148
8149 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8150 Initialize elint.
8151 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8152 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8153
8154 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 25465 132935
8159 ;;;;;; 104000))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8161
8162 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8163 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8164 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8165
8166 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8167
8168 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8169 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8170 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8171 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8172
8173 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8174
8175 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8176 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8177 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8178
8179 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8180
8181 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8184 Display current profiling results.
8185 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8186 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8187 displayed.
8188
8189 \(fn)" t nil)
8190
8191 ;;;***
8192 \f
8193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 25465 138935
8194 ;;;;;; 77000))
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8196
8197 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8198 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8199 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8200 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8201 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8202 ARG is omitted or nil.
8203
8204 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8205 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8206 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8207 used instead.
8208
8209 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8210
8211 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8212 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8213 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8214
8215 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8216
8217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8218
8219 ;;;***
8220 \f
8221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21710 25547
8222 ;;;;;; 134569 521000))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8224
8225 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8226 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8227 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8228
8229 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8230
8231 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8232
8233 ;;;***
8234 \f
8235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21710 25547 220569
8236 ;;;;;; 137000))
8237 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8238
8239 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8240 Run Emerge on two files.
8241
8242 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8243
8244 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8245 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8246
8247 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8248
8249 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8250 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8251
8252 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8253
8254 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8255 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8256
8257 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8258
8259 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8260
8261
8262 \(fn)" nil nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8265
8266
8267 \(fn)" nil nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8270
8271
8272 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8273
8274 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8275
8276
8277 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8278
8279 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8280 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8281
8282 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8283
8284 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8285 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8286
8287 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8288
8289 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8290
8291
8292 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8293
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21710 25547
8297 ;;;;;; 208569 191000))
8298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8299
8300 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8301 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8302 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8303 text/enriched format.
8304
8305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8306 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8307 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8308
8309 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8310
8311 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8312 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8313
8314 Commands:
8315
8316 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8317
8318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8319
8320 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8321
8322
8323 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8324
8325 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8326
8327
8328 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8329
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21710 25547 86569 735000))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8334
8335 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8336 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8337
8338 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8339
8340 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8341 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8342
8343 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8344
8345 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8346 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8347 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8348 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8349 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8350 the keys are listed.
8351 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8352
8353 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8354
8355 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8356 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8357 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8358
8359 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8362 Verify FILE.
8363
8364 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8367 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8368
8369 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8372 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8373
8374 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8377 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8378
8379 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8380 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8381 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8382 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8383
8384 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8385 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8386 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8387 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8388 should consider using the string based counterpart
8389 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8390 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8391
8392 For example:
8393
8394 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8395 (decode-coding-string
8396 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8397 'utf-8))
8398
8399 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8402 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8403
8404 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8405 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8406
8407 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8410 Verify the current region between START and END.
8411
8412 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8413 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8414 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8415 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8416 should consider using the string based counterpart
8417 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8418 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8419
8420 For example:
8421
8422 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8423 (decode-coding-string
8424 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8425 'utf-8))
8426
8427 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8430 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8431 between START and END.
8432
8433 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8434 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8435
8436 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8439 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8440
8441 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8442 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8443 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8444 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8445 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8446 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8447
8448 For example:
8449
8450 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8451 (epg-sign-string
8452 context
8453 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8454
8455 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8456
8457 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8458 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8459
8460 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8461 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8462 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8463 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8464 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8465 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8466
8467 For example:
8468
8469 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8470 (epg-encrypt-string
8471 context
8472 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8473 nil))
8474
8475 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8478 Delete selected KEYS.
8479
8480 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8481
8482 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8483 Import keys from FILE.
8484
8485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8486
8487 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8488 Import keys from the region.
8489
8490 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8491
8492 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8493 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8494 between START and END.
8495
8496 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8499 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8500
8501 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8502
8503 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8504 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8505
8506 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8507
8508 ;;;***
8509 \f
8510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 25465 142935
8511 ;;;;;; 59000))
8512 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8513
8514 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8515 Decrypt marked files.
8516
8517 \(fn)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8520 Verify marked files.
8521
8522 \(fn)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8525 Sign marked files.
8526
8527 \(fn)" t nil)
8528
8529 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8530 Encrypt marked files.
8531
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8533
8534 ;;;***
8535 \f
8536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21710 25547 86569
8537 ;;;;;; 735000))
8538 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8539
8540 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8541
8542
8543 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8546
8547
8548 \(fn)" t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8551
8552
8553 \(fn)" t nil)
8554
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21710 25547 86569
8558 ;;;;;; 735000))
8559 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8560
8561 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8562 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8566
8567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8570 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8571 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8572
8573 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8574
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8578 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8579 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8580
8581 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8582
8583 \(fn)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8586 Sign the current buffer.
8587 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8588
8589 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8590
8591 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8594 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8595 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8596 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8597 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8598 and also whether and how to sign.
8599
8600 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8601 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8602 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8603
8604 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8605
8606 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8609 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8610 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8611
8612 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8613
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8615
8616 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8617 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8618 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8620 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8621 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8622
8623 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8624
8625 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8626 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8627 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8628 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8629 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8630
8631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8632
8633 ;;;***
8634 \f
8635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21710 25547 87569 730000))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8637 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8640 Return a context object.
8641
8642 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8643
8644 ;;;***
8645 \f
8646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 25465 142935
8647 ;;;;;; 59000))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8649
8650 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8651 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8652
8653 \(fn)" nil nil)
8654
8655 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8656 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8657
8658 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8661 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8662
8663 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8664
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21732 22059 427321 614000))
8668 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8669 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8670
8671 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8672 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8673
8674 \(fn)" nil nil)
8675
8676 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8677 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8678 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8679
8680 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8681
8682 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8683 (server (erc-compute-server))
8684 (port (erc-compute-port))
8685 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8686 password
8687 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8688
8689 That is, if called with
8690
8691 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8692
8693 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8694 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8695 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8696
8697 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8698
8699 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8700
8701 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8702 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8703 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8704
8705 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8706
8707 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8708 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8709 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8710 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8711
8712 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8713
8714 ;;;***
8715 \f
8716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8717 ;;;;;; 25465 145935 46000))
8718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8719 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8720
8721 ;;;***
8722 \f
8723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 25465
8724 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8725 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8726 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8727
8728 ;;;***
8729 \f
8730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 25465
8731 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8732 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8733 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8734
8735 ;;;***
8736 \f
8737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 25465
8738 ;;;;;; 145935 46000))
8739 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8740 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8741
8742 ;;;***
8743 \f
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21710 25547 87569
8745 ;;;;;; 730000))
8746 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8747 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8748
8749 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8750 Parser for /dcc command.
8751 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8752 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8753 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8754
8755 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8756
8757 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8758 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8759
8760 \(fn)" nil nil)
8761
8762 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8763 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8764
8765 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8766 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8767 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8768 that subcommand.
8769
8770 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8771
8772 ;;;***
8773 \f
8774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8775 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 87569 730000))
8776 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8777 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8778
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8782 ;;;;;; 25465 146935 41000))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8784
8785 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8786 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8787
8788 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8789
8790 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8791 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8792 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8793 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8794
8795 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8796
8797 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798
8799
8800 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8804
8805 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8808 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8809
8810 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8813 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8814
8815 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8818 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8819
8820 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8823 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8824
8825 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8826
8827 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8829
8830 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8834
8835 \(fn)" nil nil)
8836
8837 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8838 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8839
8840 \(fn)" nil nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 25465 146935
8845 ;;;;;; 41000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8850 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8851 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8852
8853 \(fn)" nil nil)
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 25465
8858 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8860 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8861
8862 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8863 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8864 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8865 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8866 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8867 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8868 system.
8869
8870 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8871
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8873
8874
8875 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8876
8877 ;;;***
8878 \f
8879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 25465
8880 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8882
8883 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8884
8885
8886 \(fn)" nil nil)
8887
8888 ;;;***
8889 \f
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 25465 146935
8891 ;;;;;; 41000))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8894
8895 ;;;***
8896 \f
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 25465 146935
8898 ;;;;;; 41000))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8901
8902 ;;;***
8903 \f
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 25465 146935
8905 ;;;;;; 41000))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8908
8909 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8910 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8911 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8912 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8913 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8914 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8915
8916 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8919 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8920 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8921 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8922
8923 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8924 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8925 automatically.
8926
8927 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8928 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8929
8930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8931
8932 ;;;***
8933 \f
8934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 25465
8935 ;;;;;; 146935 41000))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8937 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8938
8939 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8940 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8941
8942 \(fn)" t nil)
8943
8944 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8945 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8946
8947 \(fn)" t nil)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8950 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8951
8952 \(fn)" t nil)
8953
8954 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8955 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8956
8957 \(fn)" t nil)
8958
8959 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8960 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8961
8962 \(fn)" t nil)
8963
8964 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8965 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8966
8967 \(fn)" t nil)
8968
8969 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8970 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8971
8972 \(fn)" t nil)
8973
8974 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8975 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8976
8977 \(fn)" t nil)
8978
8979 ;;;***
8980 \f
8981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 25465 146935
8982 ;;;;;; 41000))
8983 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8985
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
8989 ;;;;;; 25465 146935 41000))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8994 Show who's gone.
8995
8996 \(fn)" nil nil)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9001 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9003
9004 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9005 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9006 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9007 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9008
9009 \(fn)" nil nil)
9010
9011 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9012 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9013
9014 \(fn)" t nil)
9015
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 25465
9019 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9021 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9024 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9025 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9026 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9027
9028 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9029
9030 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9031
9032
9033 \(fn)" nil nil)
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 25465 147935
9038 ;;;;;; 37000))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9045 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9047 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9048
9049 ;;;***
9050 \f
9051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 25465
9052 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9053 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9054 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9055
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 25465 147935
9059 ;;;;;; 37000))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9066 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9071 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9072
9073 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9074
9075 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9076 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9077 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9078
9079 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9080
9081 ;;;***
9082 \f
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 25465
9084 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9087
9088 ;;;***
9089 \f
9090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9091 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9093
9094 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9095 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9096 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9097
9098 \(fn)" t nil)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21710
9103 ;;;;;; 25465 147935 37000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9106
9107 ;;;***
9108 \f
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 25465
9110 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9112 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9113
9114 ;;;***
9115 \f
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 25465
9117 ;;;;;; 147935 37000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9119
9120 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9121 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9122 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9123
9124 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9127 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9129 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9131
9132 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9133 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9134 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9135 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9136
9137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9139
9140 ;;;***
9141 \f
9142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9143 ;;;;;; 25465 148935 32000))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9145 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9146
9147 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9148 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9149 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9150 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9151
9152 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9153
9154 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9155 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9156 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9157
9158 \(fn)" t nil)
9159
9160 ;;;***
9161 \f
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 25465 148935
9163 ;;;;;; 32000))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9165 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9166
9167 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9168 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9169
9170 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21710 25547 82569
9175 ;;;;;; 753000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9177
9178 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9179 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9180
9181 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9182 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9183
9184 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9185 useful for assertions in BODY.
9186
9187 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9188
9189 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9190 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9191 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9192
9193 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9194
9195 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9196
9197 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9198
9199 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9200 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9201
9202 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9203 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9204 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9205 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9206
9207 Returns the stats object.
9208
9209 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9210
9211 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9212 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9213
9214 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9215 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9216 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9217 the tests).
9218
9219 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9220
9221 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9222 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9223
9224 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9225 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9226 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9227 and how to display message.
9228
9229 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9230
9231 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9232
9233 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9234 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9235
9236 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9237
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 25465
9241 ;;;;;; 132935 104000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9243
9244 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9245
9246 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9247 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9248
9249 \(fn)" t nil)
9250
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21710 25465
9254 ;;;;;; 151935 19000))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9256
9257 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9258 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9259
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21710 25547 88569
9265 ;;;;;; 726000))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9267 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9268
9269 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9270 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9271 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9272 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9273 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9274 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9275 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9276 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9277 buffer selected (or created).
9278
9279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9280
9281 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9282 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9283 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9284
9285 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9286
9287 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9288 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9289 The result might be any Lisp object.
9290 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9291 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9292 corresponding to a successful execution.
9293
9294 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9295
9296 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9297
9298 ;;;***
9299 \f
9300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21710 25547 179569
9301 ;;;;;; 320000))
9302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9303
9304 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9305 File name of tags table.
9306 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9307 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9308 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9309 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9310 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9311
9312 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9313 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9314 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9315 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9316
9317 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9318
9319 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9320 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9321 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9322 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9323 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9324 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9325
9326 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9327
9328 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9329 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9330 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9331
9332 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9333
9334 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9335 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9336 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9337 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9338 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9339
9340 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9341
9342 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9343 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9344 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9345 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9346
9347 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9348
9349 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9350 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9351 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9352 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9353 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9354
9355 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9356
9357 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9358 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9359
9360 \(fn)" t nil)
9361
9362 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9363 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9364 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9365 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9366
9367 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9368 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9369 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9370 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9371 file the tag was in.
9372
9373 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9374
9375 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9376 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9377 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9378 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9379 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9380 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9381 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9382 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9383 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9384
9385 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9386
9387 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9388 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9389 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9390 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9391 without directory names.
9392
9393 \(fn)" nil nil)
9394 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9395 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9396 (progn
9397 (load "etags")
9398 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9399
9400 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9401 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9402 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9403 but does not select the buffer.
9404 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9405
9406 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9407 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9408 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9409 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9410 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9411
9412 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9413
9414 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9415 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9416 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9417
9418 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9419
9420 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9421
9422 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9423 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9424 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9425 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9426
9427 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9428 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9429 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9430 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9431 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9432
9433 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9434
9435 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9436 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9437 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9438
9439 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9440
9441 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9442 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9443
9444 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9445 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9446 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9447 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9448 around or before point.
9449
9450 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9451 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9452 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9453 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9454 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9455
9456 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9457
9458 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9459 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9460 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9461
9462 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9463
9464 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9465 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9466
9467 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9468 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9469 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9470 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9471 around or before point.
9472
9473 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9474 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9475 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9476 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9477 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9478
9479 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9480
9481 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9482 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9483 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9484
9485 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9486
9487 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9488 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9489
9490 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9493
9494 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9495 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9496 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9497 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9498 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9499
9500 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9501
9502 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9503 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9504 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9505
9506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9507
9508 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9509 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9510 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9511
9512 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9513 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9514
9515 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9516 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9517 where they were found.
9518
9519 \(fn)" t nil)
9520
9521 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9522 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9523
9524 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9525 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9526 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9527
9528 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9529 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9530
9531 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9532 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9533
9534 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9535
9536 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9537 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9538 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9539 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9540
9541 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9542 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9543 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9544 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9545 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9546
9547 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9548 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9549
9550 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9551 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9552 Stops when a match is found.
9553 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9554
9555 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9556 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9557 restricted to these files.
9558
9559 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9560
9561 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9562
9563 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9564 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9565 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9566 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9567 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9568 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9569 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9570 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9571
9572 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9573 produce the list of files to search.
9574
9575 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9576
9577 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9580 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9581 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9582 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9583 directory specification.
9584
9585 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9588 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9589
9590 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9591
9592 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9593 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9594 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9595 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9596
9597 \(fn)" t nil)
9598
9599 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9600 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9601 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9602 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9603 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9604
9605 \(fn)" t nil)
9606
9607 ;;;***
9608 \f
9609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9610 ;;;;;; 25465 206934 774000))
9611 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9612
9613 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9614
9615
9616 \(fn)" nil nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9619 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9620
9621 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9622 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9623
9624 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9625 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9626 primary language.
9627
9628 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9629 even if the buffer is read-only.
9630
9631 See also the descriptions of the variables
9632 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9633
9634 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9635
9636 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9637 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9638
9639 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9640 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9641
9642 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9643 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9644 primary language.
9645
9646 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9647 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9648
9649 See also the descriptions of the variables
9650 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9651
9652 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9653
9654 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9655 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9656 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9657 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9658
9659 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9660
9661 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9662 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9663 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9664 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9665
9666 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9667 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9668 primary language.
9669
9670 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9671 buffer is read-only.
9672
9673 See also the descriptions of the variables
9674 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9675 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9676
9677 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9678
9679 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9680 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9681
9682 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9683 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9684
9685 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9686 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9687 the primary language.
9688
9689 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9690 buffer is read-only.
9691
9692 See also the descriptions of the variables
9693 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9694 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9695
9696 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9697
9698 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9699 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9700 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9701
9702 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9705 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9706
9707 \(fn)" t nil)
9708
9709 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9710 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9711
9712 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9713 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9714 be 1, 2, or 3.
9715
9716 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9717 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9718 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9719
9720 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9721
9722 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9723
9724 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9725 This function is deprecated.
9726
9727 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9731
9732 \(fn)" t nil)
9733
9734 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9735 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9736
9737 \(fn)" t nil)
9738
9739 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9740 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9741
9742 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9743 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9744
9745 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9746 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9747
9748 \(fn)" nil nil)
9749
9750 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9751 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9752
9753 \(fn)" nil nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9756 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9757
9758 \(fn)" nil nil)
9759
9760 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9761 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9762
9763 \(fn)" nil nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9766 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9767 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9768
9769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9772
9773
9774 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9775
9776 ;;;***
9777 \f
9778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21710 25547 142569 485000))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9780
9781 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9782 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9783 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9784 server for future sessions.
9785
9786 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9787
9788 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9789 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9790 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9791
9792 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9793
9794 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9795 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9796 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9797
9798 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9799
9800 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9801 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9802 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9803 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9804 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9805 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9806 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9807 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9808 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9809 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9810 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9811 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9812
9813 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9816 Display a form to query the directory server.
9817 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9818 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9819
9820 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9823 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9824 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9825
9826 \(fn)" t nil)
9827
9828 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9829
9830 ;;;***
9831 \f
9832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21710 25547 142569
9833 ;;;;;; 485000))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9835
9836 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9837 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9838
9839 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9840
9841 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9842 Display URL and make it clickable.
9843
9844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9847 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9848
9849 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9850
9851 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9852 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9853
9854 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9857 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9858
9859 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9862 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9863
9864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9865
9866 ;;;***
9867 \f
9868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21710 25547
9869 ;;;;;; 142569 485000))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9871
9872 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9873 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9874 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9875
9876 \(fn)" t nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9879 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9880
9881 \(fn)" t nil)
9882
9883 ;;;***
9884 \f
9885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21710
9886 ;;;;;; 25547 142569 485000))
9887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9888
9889 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9890 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9891
9892 \(fn)" t nil)
9893
9894 ;;;***
9895 \f
9896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 25465 133935
9897 ;;;;;; 99000))
9898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9899
9900 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9901 Create an empty ewoc.
9902
9903 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9904
9905 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9906 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9907 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9908 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9909 `insert-before-markers'.
9910
9911 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9912 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9913 respectively, of the ewoc.
9914
9915 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9916 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9917 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9918
9919 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9920
9921 ;;;***
9922 \f
9923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21710 25547 143569 481000))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9925
9926 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9927 Fetch URL and render the page.
9928 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9929 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9930
9931 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9932 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9933
9934 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9935 Render a file using EWW.
9936
9937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9938
9939 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9940
9941
9942 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9943
9944 ;;;***
9945 \f
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9947 ;;;;;; 25465 313934 297000))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9949
9950 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9951 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9952 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9953
9954 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9955
9956 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9957 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9958 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9959 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9960 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9961
9962 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9965 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9966 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9967 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9968 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9969 executable.
9970
9971 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9972
9973 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9974 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9975 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9976
9977 \(fn)" t nil)
9978
9979 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9980 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9981 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9982 file modes.
9983
9984 \(fn)" nil nil)
9985
9986 ;;;***
9987 \f
9988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 25465 152935 14000))
9989 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9990
9991 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9992 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9993 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9994 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9995
9996 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9997
9998 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9999 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10000 to generate such functions.
10001
10002 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10003 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10004 beginning of the expanded text.
10005
10006 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10007 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10008 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10009 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10010
10011 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10012
10013 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10016 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10017 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10018
10019 \(fn)" nil nil)
10020
10021 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10022 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10023 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10024
10025 \(fn)" t nil)
10026
10027 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10028 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10029 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10030
10031 \(fn)" t nil)
10032 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10033 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10034
10035 ;;;***
10036 \f
10037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21710 25547 179569
10038 ;;;;;; 320000))
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10040
10041 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10042 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10043 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10044
10045 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10046 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10047 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10048
10049 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10050
10051 Key definitions:
10052 \\{f90-mode-map}
10053
10054 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10055
10056 `f90-do-indent'
10057 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10058 `f90-if-indent'
10059 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10060 `f90-type-indent'
10061 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10062 `f90-program-indent'
10063 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10064 (default 2).
10065 `f90-associate-indent'
10066 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10067 `f90-critical-indent'
10068 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10069 `f90-continuation-indent'
10070 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10071 `f90-comment-region'
10072 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10073 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10074 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10075 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10076 (default \"!\").
10077 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10078 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10079 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10080 `f90-break-delimiters'
10081 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10082 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10083 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10084 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10085 (default t).
10086 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10087 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10088 `f90-smart-end'
10089 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10090 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10091 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10092 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10093 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10094 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10095 `f90-leave-line-no'
10096 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10097
10098 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10099 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10100
10101 \(fn)" t nil)
10102
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 25465 152935
10106 ;;;;;; 14000))
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10108
10109 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10110 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10111 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10112 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10113
10114 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10115 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10116 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10117 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10118 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10119
10120 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10121 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10122 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10123 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10124 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10125 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10126 attributes.
10127
10128 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10129 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10130
10131 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10132
10133 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10134 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10135 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10136 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10137
10138 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10139
10140 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10141 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10142 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10143 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10144
10145 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10146 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10147 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10148
10149 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10150 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10151 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10152 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10153
10154 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10155
10156 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10157 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10158 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10159
10160 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10161 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10162 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10163 the same amount).
10164
10165 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10166
10167 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10168 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10169 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10170
10171 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10172 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10173 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10174 will remove any scaling currently active.
10175
10176 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10177
10178 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10179 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10180 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10181
10182 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10183 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10184 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10185 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10186 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10187
10188 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10189 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10190
10191 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10192
10193 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10194 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10195
10196 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10197 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10198 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10199
10200 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10201 the face height as long as the input event read
10202 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10203
10204 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10205 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10206 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10207 will remove any scaling currently active.
10208
10209 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10210 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10211 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10212 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10213 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10214
10215 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10218 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10220 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10221 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10222 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10223
10224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10225
10226 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10227 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10228 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10229 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10230 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10231 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10232 `buffer-face-mode'.
10233
10234 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10235 local, and sets it to FACE.
10236
10237 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10238
10239 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10240 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10241 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10242 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10243 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10244 `face' text property.
10245
10246 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10247 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10248 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10249 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10250
10251 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10252 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10253
10254 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10255
10256 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10257 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10258 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10259 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10260
10261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10262
10263 ;;;***
10264 \f
10265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21710 25465
10266 ;;;;;; 225934 689000))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10268 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10269
10270 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10271 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10272 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10273 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10274
10275 \(fn)" nil nil)
10276
10277 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10278 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10279
10280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10283 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10284 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10285 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10286
10287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10288
10289 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10290 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10291 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10292 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10293 backup file names and the like).
10294
10295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10296
10297 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10298 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10299 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10300 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10301 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10302 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10303 internally by feedmail):
10304
10305 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10306 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10307 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10308 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10309
10310 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10311 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10312 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10313 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10314 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10315
10316 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10317
10318 ;;;***
10319 \f
10320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21710 25547 89569 721000))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10322
10323 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10324 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10325 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10326 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10327 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10328 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10329 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10330
10331 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10334 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10335 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10336 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10337 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10338 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10339 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10340
10341 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10342
10343 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10344
10345 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10346 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10347 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10348 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10349 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10350 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10351
10352 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10353
10354 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10355 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10356 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10357 Return value:
10358 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10359 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10360 * otherwise, nil
10361
10362 \(fn E)" t nil)
10363
10364 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10365 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10366 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10367
10368 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10371 Try to get a file name at point.
10372 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10373
10374 \(fn)" nil nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10377 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10378
10379 \(fn)" t nil)
10380
10381 ;;;***
10382 \f
10383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21710 25465 153935
10384 ;;;;;; 10000))
10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10386
10387 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10388 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10389 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10390 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10391
10392 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10393
10394 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10395 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10396 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10397 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10398 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10399 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10400
10401 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10402
10403 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10404 Add FILE to the file cache.
10405
10406 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10409 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10410 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10411
10412 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10413
10414 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10415 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10416 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10417
10418 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10421 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10422 This function does not use any external programs.
10423 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10424 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10425 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10426
10427 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10428
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10430 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10431 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10432 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10433 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10434 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10435 \(directories) is done.
10436
10437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10438
10439 ;;;***
10440 \f
10441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 25465 153935
10442 ;;;;;; 10000))
10443 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10444
10445 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10446 Handle file system monitoring event.
10447 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10448
10449 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10450
10451 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10452
10453 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10454
10455 ;;;***
10456 \f
10457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 25465 153935
10458 ;;;;;; 10000))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10460
10461 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10462 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10463
10464 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10465 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10466 Local Variables list.
10467
10468 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10469 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10470 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10471
10472 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10473
10474 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10475 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10476
10477 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10480 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10481
10482 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10483 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10484 the -*- line.
10485
10486 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10487 then this function adds it.
10488
10489 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10490
10491 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10492 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10493
10494 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10495
10496 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10497 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10498
10499 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10502 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10503
10504 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10505
10506 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10507 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10508
10509 \(fn)" t nil)
10510
10511 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10512 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10513
10514 \(fn)" t nil)
10515
10516 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10517 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10518
10519 \(fn)" t nil)
10520
10521 ;;;***
10522 \f
10523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 25465 155935
10524 ;;;;;; 1000))
10525 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10526
10527 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10528 Filesets initialization.
10529 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10530
10531 \(fn)" nil nil)
10532
10533 ;;;***
10534 \f
10535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21710 25547 90569
10536 ;;;;;; 717000))
10537 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10538 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10539
10540 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10541 Initiate the building of a find command.
10542 For example:
10543
10544 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10545 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10546 (mtime \"+1\"))
10547 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10548
10549 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10550 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10551
10552 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10553
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 25465 155935
10557 ;;;;;; 1000))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10559
10560 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10561 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10562 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10563
10564 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10565
10566 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10567 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10568
10569 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10572 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10573 and run Dired on those files.
10574 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10575 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10576
10577 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10578
10579 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10580
10581 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10584 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10585 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10586
10587 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10588 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10589
10590 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10591 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10592
10593 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10594
10595 ;;;***
10596 \f
10597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 25465 156934
10598 ;;;;;; 997000))
10599 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10600
10601 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10602 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10603 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10604 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10605 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10606 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10607 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10608
10609 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10610
10611 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10612 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10613 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10614
10615 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10616
10617 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10618
10619 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10620
10621 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10622 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10623 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10624
10625 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10626 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10627
10628 Variables of interest include:
10629
10630 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10631 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10632 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10633
10634 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10635 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10636 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10637
10638 - `ff-ignore-include'
10639 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10640
10641 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10642 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10643
10644 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10645 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10646
10647 - `ff-special-constructs'
10648 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10649 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10650 extracting the filename from that construct.
10651
10652 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10653 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10654
10655 - `ff-search-directories'
10656 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10657 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10658
10659 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10660 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10661
10662 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10663 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10664
10665 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10666 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10667
10668 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10669 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10670
10671 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10672 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10673
10674 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10677 Visit the file you click on.
10678
10679 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10680
10681 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10682 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10683
10684 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10685
10686 ;;;***
10687 \f
10688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21710
10689 ;;;;;; 25547 82569 753000))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10691
10692 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10693 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10694 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10695
10696 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10697
10698 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10699 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10700 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10701 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10702
10703 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10704 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10705 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10706 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10707
10708 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10709
10710 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10711 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10712
10713 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10714 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10715 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10716 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10717
10718 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10719 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10720 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10721
10722 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10723 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10724 in `load-path'.
10725
10726 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10727
10728 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10729 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10730
10731 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10732 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10733 places point before the definition.
10734 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10735
10736 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10737 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10738 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10739
10740 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10741
10742 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10743 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10744
10745 See `find-function' for more details.
10746
10747 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10748
10749 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10750 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10751
10752 See `find-function' for more details.
10753
10754 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10755
10756 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10757 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10758
10759 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10760 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10761 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10762
10763 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10764 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10765
10766 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10767
10768 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10769 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10770
10771 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10772 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10773 places point before the definition.
10774
10775 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10776
10777 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10778 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10779 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10780
10781 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10782
10783 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10784 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10785
10786 See `find-variable' for more details.
10787
10788 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10789
10790 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10791 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10792
10793 See `find-variable' for more details.
10794
10795 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10796
10797 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10798 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10799 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10800 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10801 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10802 buffer nor display it.
10803
10804 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10805 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10806
10807 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10808
10809 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10810 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10811
10812 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10813 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10814 places point before the definition.
10815
10816 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10817
10818 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10819 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10820 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10821
10822 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10823
10824 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10825 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10826 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10827
10828 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10831 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10832
10833 \(fn)" t nil)
10834
10835 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10836 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10837
10838 \(fn)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10841 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10842
10843 \(fn)" nil nil)
10844
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 25465 156934
10848 ;;;;;; 997000))
10849 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10850
10851 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10852 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10853
10854 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10857 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10858
10859 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10860
10861 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10862 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10863
10864 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10865
10866 ;;;***
10867 \f
10868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 25465 156934 997000))
10869 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10870 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10871
10872 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10873 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10874
10875 \(fn)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10878 Display FILE's commentary section.
10879 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10880
10881 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10882
10883 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10884 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10885
10886 \(fn)" t nil)
10887
10888 ;;;***
10889 \f
10890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 25465 156934
10891 ;;;;;; 997000))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10893
10894 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10895 Toggle flow control handling.
10896 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10897 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10898
10899 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10900
10901 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10902 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10903 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10904 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10905 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10906 to get the effect of a C-q.
10907
10908 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10909
10910 ;;;***
10911 \f
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 25465
10913 ;;;;;; 166934 952000))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10915
10916 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10917
10918
10919 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10922
10923
10924 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10925
10926 ;;;***
10927 \f
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 25465
10929 ;;;;;; 314934 292000))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10931 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10932
10933 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10934 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10938 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10939
10940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10943 Turn flymake mode on.
10944
10945 \(fn)" nil nil)
10946
10947 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10948 Turn flymake mode off.
10949
10950 \(fn)" nil nil)
10951
10952 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10953
10954
10955 \(fn)" nil nil)
10956
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21732 22059
10960 ;;;;;; 431321 591000))
10961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10962
10963 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10964 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10965
10966 \(fn)" t nil)
10967 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10968
10969 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10970 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10971 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10972 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10973 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10974
10975 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10976 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10977 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10978
10979 Bindings:
10980 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10981 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10982 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10983 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10984
10985 Hooks:
10986 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10987
10988 Remark:
10989 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10990 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10991 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10992
10993 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10994 consider adding:
10995 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10996 in your init file.
10997
10998 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10999 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11000
11001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11002
11003 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11004 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11005
11006 \(fn)" nil nil)
11007
11008 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11009 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11010
11011 \(fn)" nil nil)
11012
11013 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11014 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11015
11016 \(fn)" nil nil)
11017
11018 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11019 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11020
11021 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11022
11023 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11024 Flyspell whole buffer.
11025
11026 \(fn)" t nil)
11027
11028 ;;;***
11029 \f
11030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 25465 156934
11031 ;;;;;; 997000))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11033 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11034
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 25465 156934 997000))
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11039
11040 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11041 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11042
11043 \(fn)" nil nil)
11044
11045 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11046 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11047
11048 \(fn)" nil nil)
11049
11050 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11051 Toggle Follow mode.
11052 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11053 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11054 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11055
11056 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11057 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11058
11059 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11060 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11061 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11062
11063 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11064 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11065 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11066 movement commands.
11067
11068 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11069 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11070 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11071 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11072 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11073 mileage may vary).
11074
11075 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11076 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11077
11078 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11079
11080 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11081
11082 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11083 \\{follow-mode-map}
11084
11085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11086
11087 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11088 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11089
11090 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11091 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11092 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11093 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11094 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11095 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11096
11097 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11098 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11099 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11100
11101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11102
11103 ;;;***
11104 \f
11105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 25465
11106 ;;;;;; 225934 689000))
11107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11108 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11109
11110 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11111 Toggle Footnote mode.
11112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11115
11116 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11117 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11118 play around with the following keys:
11119 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11120
11121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11122
11123 ;;;***
11124 \f
11125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 25465 158934 988000))
11126 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11127
11128 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11129 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11130
11131 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11132 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11133 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11134 C-c < forms-first-record <
11135 C-c > forms-last-record >
11136 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11137 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11138 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11139 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11140 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11141 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11142 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11143 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11144 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11145 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11146
11147 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11148
11149 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11150 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11151
11152 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11153
11154 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11155 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11156
11157 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11158
11159 ;;;***
11160 \f
11161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 25465
11162 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11164
11165 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11166 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11167 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11168
11169 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11170 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11171
11172 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11173
11174 Key definitions:
11175 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11176
11177 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11178
11179 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11180 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11181 `fortran-do-indent'
11182 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11183 `fortran-if-indent'
11184 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11185 `fortran-structure-indent'
11186 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11187 (default 3)
11188 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11189 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11190 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11191 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11192 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11193 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11194 nil don't change the indentation
11195 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11196 value of either
11197 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11198 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11199 depending on the continuation format in use.
11200 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11201 indentation for a line of code.
11202 (default 'fixed)
11203 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11204 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11205 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11206 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11207 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11208 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11209 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11210 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11211 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11212 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11213 column 5.
11214 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11215 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11216 statements (default nil).
11217 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11218 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11219 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11220 `fortran-continuation-string'
11221 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11222 line (default \"$\").
11223 `fortran-comment-region'
11224 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11225 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11226 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11227 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11228 as typed (default t).
11229 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11230 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11231
11232 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11233 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11234
11235 \(fn)" t nil)
11236
11237 ;;;***
11238 \f
11239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 25465 295934
11240 ;;;;;; 377000))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11242
11243 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11244 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11245
11246 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11247 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11248
11249 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11250
11251 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11252 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11253
11254 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11255 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11256
11257 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11258
11259 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11260 Compile fortune file.
11261
11262 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11263 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11264
11265 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11266
11267 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11268 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11269
11270 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11271 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11272 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11273 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11274
11275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Display a fortune cookie.
11279 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11280 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11281 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11282 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11283
11284 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11285
11286 ;;;***
11287 \f
11288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21710 25547 92569
11289 ;;;;;; 708000))
11290 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11291
11292 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11293 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11294 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11295
11296 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11297 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11298 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11299
11300 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11301 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11302
11303 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11304 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11305
11306 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11307 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11308 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11309 intend to modify existing values, do
11310
11311 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11312
11313 before changing anything.
11314
11315 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11316 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11317
11318 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11319 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11320 to restore the frame.
11321
11322 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11323 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11324 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11325
11326 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11327 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11328 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11329 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11330 FILTER A filter function.
11331
11332 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11333 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11334
11335 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11336
11337 where
11338
11339 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11340 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11341 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11342 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11343 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11344 before restoring it.
11345 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11346
11347 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11348 It must return:
11349 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11350 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11351 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11352
11353 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11354 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11355
11356 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11357 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11358 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11359 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11360 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11361 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11362 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11363
11364 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11365
11366 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11367 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11368
11369 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11370
11371 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11372 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11373 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11374 If nil, check all live frames.
11375
11376 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11377
11378 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11379 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11380 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11381 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11382 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11383 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11384 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11385 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11386 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11387 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11388 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11389
11390 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11391
11392 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11393 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11394
11395 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11396 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11397 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11398 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11399 and window-state is not restored.
11400
11401 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11402 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11403
11404 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11405 t All existing frames can be reused.
11406 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11407 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11408 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11409 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11410
11411 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11412 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11413 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11414 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11415 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11416 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11417 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11418 be created from that parameter alist.
11419
11420 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11421 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11422 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11423 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11424 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11425 - the live frame just restored,
11426 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11427 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11428 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11429
11430 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11431 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11432 nil Keep all frames.
11433 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11434 - FRAME, a live frame.
11435 - ACTION, which can be one of
11436 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11437 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11438 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11439 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11440 Return value is ignored.
11441
11442 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11443 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11444 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11445 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11446 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11447
11448 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11449
11450 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11451
11452 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11453 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11454 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11455
11456 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11457
11458 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11459 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11460 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11461 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11462
11463 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11464
11465 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11466
11467 ;;;***
11468 \f
11469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21710 25547
11470 ;;;;;; 166569 378000))
11471 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11472 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11473
11474 ;;;***
11475 \f
11476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21710 25465
11477 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11479
11480 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11481 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11482 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11483
11484 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11485
11486 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11487 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11488 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11489 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11490 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11491 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11492 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11493
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11495
11496 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11497 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11498 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11499 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11500
11501 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11502 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11503 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11504 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11505 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11506
11507 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11508 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11509 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11510 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11511
11512 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11513 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11514 shown in some of the buffers.
11515
11516 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11517
11518 The following commands help control operation :
11519
11520 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11521 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11522
11523 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11524 detailed description of this mode.
11525
11526
11527 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11528 | GDB Toolbar |
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11531 | | |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11536 | | (comint-mode) |
11537 | | |
11538 | | |
11539 | | |
11540 | | |
11541 | | |
11542 | | |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11545 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11546 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11547 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11548 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11549
11550 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 25465
11555 ;;;;;; 133935 99000))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11557
11558 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11559 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11560 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11561 instead (which see).")
11562
11563 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11564 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11565
11566 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11567 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11568 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11569 documentation string instead.
11570
11571 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11572 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11573 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11574 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11575 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11576 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11577 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11578 enders are actually possible.
11579
11580 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11581 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11582
11583 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11584 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11585 `font-lock-keywords'.
11586
11587 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11588 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11589 runs the macro expansion.
11590
11591 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11592 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11593 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11594
11595 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11596
11597 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11598
11599 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11600
11601 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11602
11603 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11604 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11605
11606 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11607
11608 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11609 Enter generic mode MODE.
11610
11611 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11612 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11613 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11614
11615 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11616 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11617
11618 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11619
11620 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11621 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11622 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11623 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11624 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11625 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11626 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11627 `font-lock-keywords'.
11628
11629 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11630
11631 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11632
11633 ;;;***
11634 \f
11635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 25465
11636 ;;;;;; 315934 288000))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11638
11639 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11640 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11642 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11643 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11644 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11645
11646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11647
11648 ;;;***
11649 \f
11650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21710 25547
11651 ;;;;;; 99569 677000))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11653
11654 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11655 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11656 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11657
11658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11659
11660 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11661 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11662
11663 Guideline for numbers:
11664 1 - error messages
11665 3 - non-serious error messages
11666 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11667 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11668 9 - messages inside loops.
11669
11670 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11671
11672 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11673 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11674 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11675
11676 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11677
11678 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11679 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11680
11681 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11682
11683 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11684 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11685
11686 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11687 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11688 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11689 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11690 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11691 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11692
11693 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11694 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11695 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11696 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11697 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11698
11699 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11700
11701 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11702
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21710 25547 110569 628000))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11707 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11708 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11709 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11710
11711 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11712 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11713
11714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11715
11716 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11717 Read network news.
11718 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11719 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11720 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11721 name of an NNTP server to use.
11722 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11723 server.
11724
11725 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11726
11727 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11728 Read news as a slave.
11729
11730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11731
11732 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11733 Pop up a frame to read news.
11734 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11735 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11736 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11737 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11738 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11739 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11740 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11741 current display is used.
11742
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11744
11745 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11746 Read network news.
11747 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11748 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11749 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11750
11751 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11752
11753 ;;;***
11754 \f
11755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 25465
11756 ;;;;;; 167934 948000))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Start Gnus unplugged.
11761
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Start Gnus plugged.
11766
11767 \(fn)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11771
11772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11775 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11776
11777 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11778 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11779 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11780
11781 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11782 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11783 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11784
11785 \(fn)" t nil)
11786
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11789
11790 \(fn)" nil nil)
11791
11792 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11793 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11794 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11795 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11796 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11797 supported.
11798
11799 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11800
11801 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11802 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11803 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11804 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11805 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11806 supported.
11807
11808 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11812
11813 \(fn)" nil nil)
11814
11815 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11816 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11817 downloaded into the agent.
11818
11819 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11823 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11824 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11825
11826 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11830
11831 \(fn)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11835
11836 \(fn)" t nil)
11837
11838 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11839 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11840 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11841
11842 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11843
11844 ;;;***
11845 \f
11846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21710 25547
11847 ;;;;;; 100569 672000))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11851 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11852
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11854
11855 ;;;***
11856 \f
11857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21710
11858 ;;;;;; 25547 101569 668000))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11862 Set a bookmark for this article.
11863
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11868
11869 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11870
11871 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11872 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11873 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11874 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11875 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11876
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11878
11879 ;;;***
11880 \f
11881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21710 25547
11882 ;;;;;; 101569 668000))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11886 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11887
11888 Usage:
11889 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11890
11891 \(fn)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11894 Generate the cache active file.
11895
11896 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11897
11898 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11899 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11900
11901 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11902
11903 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11904 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11905 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11906 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11907 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11908 supported.
11909
11910 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11911
11912 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11913 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11914 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11915 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11916 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11917 supported.
11918
11919 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11920
11921 ;;;***
11922 \f
11923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21710 25547
11924 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11926
11927 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11928 Delay this article by some time.
11929 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11930
11931 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11932 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11933
11934 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11935 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11936
11937 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11938 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11939
11940 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11943 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11944
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11948 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11949 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11950 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11951
11952 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11953 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11954
11955 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11956
11957 ;;;***
11958 \f
11959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 25465
11960 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11964
11965
11966 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11967
11968 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11969
11970
11971 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 25465
11976 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11978
11979 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11980 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11981
11982 \(fn)" t nil)
11983
11984 ;;;***
11985 \f
11986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 25465
11987 ;;;;;; 170934 934000))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11989
11990 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11991 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11992
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11994
11995 ;;;***
11996 \f
11997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21710 25547
11998 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12012 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12013
12014 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12015 different input formats.
12016
12017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12021
12022 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12023 different input formats.
12024
12025 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12026
12027 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12029 The PNG is returned as a string.
12030
12031 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FILE to a Face.
12035 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12036 726 bytes.
12037
12038 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12039
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12043 ;;;;;; 25465 171934 930000))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12047 Display gravatar in the From header.
12048 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12049
12050 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12051
12052 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12053 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12054 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12055
12056 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12057
12058 ;;;***
12059 \f
12060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21710 25547
12061 ;;;;;; 102569 663000))
12062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12065 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12066 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12067 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12068
12069 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12072 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12073
12074 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12075
12076 ;;;***
12077 \f
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21710 25547
12079 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12083
12084
12085 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12086
12087 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12088
12089
12090 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12091
12092 ;;;***
12093 \f
12094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 25465
12095 ;;;;;; 172934 925000))
12096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12097
12098 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12099
12100 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12101 Run batched scoring.
12102 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12103
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 25465 172934
12109 ;;;;;; 925000))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12113
12114
12115 \(fn)" nil nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12118 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12119 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12120
12121 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12122
12123 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12124 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12125
12126 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12127
12128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12129
12130 ;;;***
12131 \f
12132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21710 25547
12133 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12134 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12135
12136 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12137 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12138 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12139 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12140 group parameters.
12141
12142 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12143 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12144 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12145 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12146
12147 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12148 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12149 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12150 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12151 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12152 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12153 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12154 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12155 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12156 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12157
12158 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12161 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12162 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12163 nil CATCH-ALL).
12164
12165 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12166 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12167
12168 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12171 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12172 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12173
12174 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12175
12176 \(fn)" nil nil)
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12179 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12180 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12181
12182 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12183
12184 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12185 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12186 existing groups are considered.
12187
12188 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12189 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12190 returned.
12191
12192 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12193 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12194 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12195 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12196 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12197 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12198 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12199 clauses will be generated.
12200
12201 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12202 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12203 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12204 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12205 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12206 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12207
12208 For example, given the following group parameters:
12209
12210 nnml:mail.bar:
12211 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12212 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12213 nnml:mail.foo:
12214 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12215 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12216 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12217 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12218 nnml:mail.others:
12219 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12220
12221 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12222
12223 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12224 \"mail.bar\")
12225 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12226 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12227 \"mail.others\")
12228
12229 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12230
12231 ;;;***
12232 \f
12233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21710 25547
12234 ;;;;;; 103569 659000))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12236
12237 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12238 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12239 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12240 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12241 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12242 instead.
12243
12244 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12245
12246 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12247 Mail to ADDRESS.
12248
12249 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12250
12251 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12252 Like `message-reply'.
12253
12254 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12255
12256 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12257
12258 ;;;***
12259 \f
12260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12261 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 103569 659000))
12262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12263
12264 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12265 Send a notification on new message.
12266 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12267 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12268 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12269
12270 This is typically a function to add in
12271 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12272
12273 \(fn)" nil nil)
12274
12275 ;;;***
12276 \f
12277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21710 25547
12278 ;;;;;; 104569 654000))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12280
12281 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12282 Display picons in the From header.
12283 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12284
12285 \(fn)" t nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12288 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12289 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12290
12291 \(fn)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12294 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12295 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12296
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12298
12299 ;;;***
12300 \f
12301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 25465
12302 ;;;;;; 173934 921000))
12303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12304
12305 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12306 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12307 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12308 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12309
12310 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12313 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12314 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12315 LIST1 is modified.
12316
12317 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12320 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12321 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12322
12323 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12324
12325 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12326
12327
12328 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12331 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12332 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12333
12334 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12337 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12338 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12339
12340 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12341
12342 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12343
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12346 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12347
12348 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12349
12350 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12351 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12352 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12353
12354 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12355
12356 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12357 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12358 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12363 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12364
12365 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12366
12367 ;;;***
12368 \f
12369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21710
12370 ;;;;;; 25547 104569 654000))
12371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12372
12373 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12374 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12375
12376 \(fn)" t nil)
12377
12378 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12379 Install the registry hooks.
12380
12381 \(fn)" t nil)
12382
12383 ;;;***
12384 \f
12385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 25465
12386 ;;;;;; 174934 916000))
12387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12388
12389 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12390 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12391 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12392 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12393 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12394 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12395
12396 \(fn)" t nil)
12397
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12399 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12400 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12401 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12402 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12403
12404 \(fn)" t nil)
12405
12406 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12407
12408
12409 \(fn)" t nil)
12410
12411 ;;;***
12412 \f
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21710 25547
12414 ;;;;;; 104569 654000))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12416
12417 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12418 Update the format specification near point.
12419
12420 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12421
12422 ;;;***
12423 \f
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21710 25547
12425 ;;;;;; 106569 646000))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12427
12428 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12429 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12430
12431 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21710 25547
12436 ;;;;;; 109569 632000))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12438
12439 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12440 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12441 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12442
12443 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 25465
12448 ;;;;;; 179934 894000))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12450
12451 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12452 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12453
12454 \(fn)" t nil)
12455
12456 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12457 Install the sync hooks.
12458
12459 \(fn)" t nil)
12460
12461 ;;;***
12462 \f
12463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 25465
12464 ;;;;;; 180934 890000))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12466
12467 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12468 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12469
12470 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12471
12472 ;;;***
12473 \f
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21710 25547 143569
12475 ;;;;;; 481000))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12477
12478 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12479 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12480 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12481 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12482 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12483 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12484
12485 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12486
12487 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12488
12489 ;;;***
12490 \f
12491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 25465 296934
12492 ;;;;;; 372000))
12493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12494
12495 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12496 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12497
12498 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12499 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12500 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12501
12502 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12503 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12504 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12505
12506 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12507 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12508
12509 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12510 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12511
12512 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12513
12514 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12515
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 25465
12519 ;;;;;; 243934 609000))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12521
12522 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12523
12524 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12525 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12526 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12527 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12528 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12529
12530 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12531
12532 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12533 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12534 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12535 or to send e-mail.
12536 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12537 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12538
12539 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12540 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12541
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12543 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12544
12545 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12546 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12550
12551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12552
12553 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12554 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12555
12556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12557
12558 ;;;***
12559 \f
12560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21710 25547
12561 ;;;;;; 110569 628000))
12562 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12563
12564 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12565 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12566 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12567
12568 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12569
12570 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12571 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12572
12573 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12574
12575 ;;;***
12576 \f
12577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21710 25547 180569
12578 ;;;;;; 316000))
12579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12580
12581 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12582 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12583
12584 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12585
12586 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12587 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12588 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12589 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12590 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12591
12592 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12593 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12594 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12595
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12597
12598 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12599 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12600 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12601 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12602 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12603
12604 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12605
12606 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12607 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12608
12609 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12610
12611 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12612 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12613
12614 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12615 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12616 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12617
12618 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12619 The default find program.
12620 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12621 and others.")
12622
12623 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12624 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12625 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12626 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12627
12628 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12629 How to invoke find and grep.
12630 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12631 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12632 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12633 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12634
12635 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12636
12637 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12638 History list for grep.")
12639
12640 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12641 History list for grep-find.")
12642
12643 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12644 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12645 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12646
12647 \(fn)" nil nil)
12648
12649 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12650
12651
12652 \(fn)" nil nil)
12653
12654 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12655 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12656
12657 \(fn)" nil nil)
12658
12659 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12660 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12661 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12662 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12663 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12664
12665 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12666 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12667
12668 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12669 can easily repeat a grep command.
12670
12671 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12672 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12673 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12674 list is empty).
12675
12676 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12677
12678 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12679 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12680 Collect output in a buffer.
12681 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12682 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12683
12684 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12685 easily repeat a find command.
12686
12687 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12688
12689 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12690
12691 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12692 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12693 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12694 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12695 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12696
12697 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12698 before it is executed.
12699 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12700
12701 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12702 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12703 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12704
12705 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12706
12707 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12708
12709 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12710 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12711 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12712 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12713 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12714
12715 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12716 before it is executed.
12717 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12718
12719 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12720 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12721 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12722 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12723
12724 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12725
12726 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12727 to specify a command to run.
12728
12729 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12730
12731 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12732 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12733 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12734 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12735
12736 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12737
12738 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12739
12740 ;;;***
12741 \f
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
12743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12744
12745 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12746 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12747 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12748 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12749 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12750
12751 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12752
12753 ;;;***
12754 \f
12755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21710 25547 180569
12756 ;;;;;; 316000))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12758
12759 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12760 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12761 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12762 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12763
12764 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12765
12766 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12767 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12768 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12769 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12770
12771 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12772
12773 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12774 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12776 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12777
12778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12781 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12784
12785 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12786 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12787
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12789
12790 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12791 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12793 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12794
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12796
12797 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12798 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12801
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803
12804 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12805 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12806 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12807 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12808 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12809
12810 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12811 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12812 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12813 original source file access method.
12814
12815 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12816 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12817
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12821 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12822
12823 \(fn)" t nil)
12824
12825 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12826 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12827 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12830 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12831
12832 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12833
12834 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12835 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12838 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12839
12840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12841
12842 ;;;***
12843 \f
12844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21710 25547 83569
12845 ;;;;;; 748000))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12847
12848 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12849 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12850 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12851 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12852 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12853 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12854 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12855 set it to.
12856 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12857
12858 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12859
12860 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12861 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12862 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12863 of PLACE.
12864 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12865 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12866 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12867 and SETTER.
12868 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12869 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12870
12871 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12872
12873 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12874
12875 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12876 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12877 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12878 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12879 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12880
12881 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12882
12883 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12884
12885 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12886
12887
12888 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12889
12890 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12891
12892 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12893
12894 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12895 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12896 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12897 well for simple place forms.
12898 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12899 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12900 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12901 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12902 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12903 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12904 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12905
12906 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12907
12908 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12909
12910 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12911 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12912 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12913 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12914 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12915
12916 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12917 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12918 (let ((temp VAL))
12919 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12920 temp)
12921 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12922
12923 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12924
12925 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12926 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12927 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12928 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12929 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12930 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12931
12932 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12933
12934 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12935
12936 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12937 Return a reference to PLACE.
12938 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12939 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12940 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12941 binding mode.
12942
12943 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12944
12945 ;;;***
12946 \f
12947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 25465
12948 ;;;;;; 296934 372000))
12949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12950
12951 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12952 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12953 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12954 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12955
12956 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12957 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12958 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12959 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12960
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12962
12963 ;;;***
12964 \f
12965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21710 25465 296934
12966 ;;;;;; 372000))
12967 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12968
12969 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12970 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12971
12972 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12973
12974 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12975 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12976 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12977 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12978
12979 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12980
12981 \(fn)" t nil)
12982
12983 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12984 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12985 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12986 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12987 to be updated.
12988
12989 \(fn)" t nil)
12990
12991 ;;;***
12992 \f
12993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21710 25547
12994 ;;;;;; 134569 521000))
12995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12996
12997 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12998 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12999
13000 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13003 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13004 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13005
13006 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13009 Verify a hashcash payment
13010
13011 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13012
13013 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13014 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13015 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13016 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13017 `mail-add-payment-async').
13018
13019 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13022 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13023 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13024 Calculation is asynchronous.
13025
13026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13027
13028 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13029 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13030 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13031
13032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033
13034 ;;;***
13035 \f
13036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 25465 192934
13037 ;;;;;; 836000))
13038 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13039
13040 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Return the help-echo string at point.
13042 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13043 property, or nil, is returned.
13044 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13045 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13046 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13047
13048 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13049
13050 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13051 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13052 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13053 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13054 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13055
13056 \(fn)" nil nil)
13057
13058 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13059 Display local help in the echo area.
13060 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13061 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13062 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13063 printed instead.
13064
13065 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13066 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13067 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13068
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070
13071 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13072 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13073 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13074
13075 \(fn)" t nil)
13076
13077 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13078 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13079 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13080
13081 \(fn)" t nil)
13082
13083 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13084 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13085 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13086 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13087 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13088 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13089 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13090 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13091 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13092 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13093 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13094
13095 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13096 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13097 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13098 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13099 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13100
13101 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13102 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13103 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13104 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13105 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13106 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13107 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13108 The default is `never'.")
13109
13110 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13111
13112 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13113 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13114 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13115 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13116 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13117 considered different regions.
13118
13119 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13120 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13121 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13122 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13123 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13124 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13125 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13126 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13127 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13128
13129 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13130
13131 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13132 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13133 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13134 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13135 different regions.
13136
13137 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13138 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13139 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13140 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13141 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13142 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13143 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13144 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13145
13146 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13147 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13148 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13149 rarely happens in practice.
13150
13151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13152
13153 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13154 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13155 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13156 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13157 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13158 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13159
13160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13161
13162 ;;;***
13163 \f
13164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21710 25547 118569
13165 ;;;;;; 592000))
13166 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13167
13168 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13169 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13170
13171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13172
13173 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13174 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13175 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13176
13177 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13180 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13181 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13182 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13183 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13184 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13185 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13186 search for a function definition.
13187
13188 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13189 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13190 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13191 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13192 suitable file is found, return nil.
13193
13194 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13197
13198
13199 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13200
13201 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13202 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13203 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13204 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13205
13206 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13207
13208 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13209 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13210 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13211 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13212 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13213 it is displayed along with the global value.
13214
13215 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13216
13217 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13218 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13219 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13220 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13221
13222 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13223
13224 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13225 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13226 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13227 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13228 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13229
13230 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13233 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13234
13235 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13236
13237 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13238 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13239
13240 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13241
13242 ;;;***
13243 \f
13244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 25465 192934
13245 ;;;;;; 836000))
13246 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13247
13248 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13249 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13250 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13251 window listing and describing the options.
13252 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13253 gives the window that lists the options.")
13254
13255 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13256
13257 ;;;***
13258 \f
13259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21710 25547 118569
13260 ;;;;;; 592000))
13261 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13262
13263 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13264 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13265 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13266 Commands:
13267 \\{help-mode-map}
13268
13269 \(fn)" t nil)
13270
13271 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13272
13273
13274 \(fn)" nil nil)
13275
13276 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13277
13278
13279 \(fn)" nil nil)
13280
13281 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13282 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13283
13284 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13285 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13286 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13287 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13288
13289 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13290 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13291 restore it properly when going back.
13292
13293 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13294
13295 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13296 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13297 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13298 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13299 from `help-mode'.
13300 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13301 it does not already exist.
13302
13303 \(fn)" nil nil)
13304
13305 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13306 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13307
13308 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13309 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13310 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13311 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13312 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13313 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13314 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13315 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13316
13317 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13318 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13319 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13320 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13321
13322 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13323 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13324 that.
13325
13326 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13327
13328 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13329 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13330 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13331 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13332 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13333 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13334
13335 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13336
13337 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13338 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13339 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13340 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13341 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13342
13343 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13344
13345 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13346 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13347
13348 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13351 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13352 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13353 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13354
13355 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13356
13357 ;;;***
13358 \f
13359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 25465
13360 ;;;;;; 133935 99000))
13361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13362
13363 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13364 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13365
13366 \(fn)" t nil)
13367
13368 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13369 Provide help for current mode.
13370
13371 \(fn)" t nil)
13372
13373 ;;;***
13374 \f
13375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21710 25547 119569 588000))
13376 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13377
13378 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13379 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13380 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13381 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13382 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13383
13384 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13385 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13386
13387 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13388 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13389 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13390 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13391
13392 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13393 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13394 periods.
13395
13396 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13397 in hexl format.
13398
13399 A sample format:
13400
13401 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13402 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13403 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13404 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13405 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13406 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13407 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13408 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13409 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13410 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13411 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13412 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13413 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13414 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13415 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13416
13417 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13418 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13419 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13420
13421 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13422 also supported.
13423
13424 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13425
13426 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13427 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13428 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13429
13430 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13431 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13432 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13433
13434 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13435 into the buffer at the current point.
13436
13437 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13438 into the buffer at the current point.
13439
13440 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13441 into the buffer at the current point.
13442
13443 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13444
13445 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13446 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13447
13448 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13449
13450 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13451
13452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13453
13454 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13455 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13456 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13457 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13458
13459 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13460
13461 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13462 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13463 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13464
13465 \(fn)" t nil)
13466
13467 ;;;***
13468 \f
13469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21710 25547 119569
13470 ;;;;;; 588000))
13471 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13472
13473 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13474 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13475 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13476 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13477 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13478
13479 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13480 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13481 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13482 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13483
13484 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13485 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13486 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13487 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13488
13489 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13490 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13491 which can be called interactively, are:
13492
13493 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13494 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13495
13496 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13497 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13498 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13499 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13500
13501 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13502 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13503
13504 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13505 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13506 available face automatically.
13507
13508 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13509 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13510
13511 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13512 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13513 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13514 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13515 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13516 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13517 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13518 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13519 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13520 function returns t.
13521
13522 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13523 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13524
13525 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13526 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13527 form:
13528 Hi-lock: FOO
13529
13530 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13531 position (number of characters into buffer)
13532 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13533 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13534 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13535
13536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13537
13538 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13539 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13540 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13543 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13544
13545 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13546
13547 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13548 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13549 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13550 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13551 ARG is omitted or nil.
13552
13553 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13554 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13555 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13556
13557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13558
13559 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13560
13561 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13562 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13563 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13564 Use the global history list for FACE.
13565
13566 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13567 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13568 highlighting will not update as you type.
13569
13570 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13571
13572 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13573
13574 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13575 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13576 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13577 Use the global history list for FACE.
13578
13579 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13580 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13581 highlighting will not update as you type.
13582
13583 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13584
13585 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13586
13587 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13588 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13589 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13590 Use the global history list for FACE.
13591
13592 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13593 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13594 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13595
13596 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13597 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13598 highlighting will not update as you type.
13599
13600 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13601
13602 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13603
13604 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13605 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13606 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13607 unless you use a prefix argument.
13608 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13609
13610 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13611 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13612
13613 \(fn)" t nil)
13614
13615 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13616
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13618 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13619 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13620 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13621 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13622 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13623
13624 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13625
13626 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13627 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13628
13629 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13630 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13631 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13632
13633 \(fn)" t nil)
13634
13635 ;;;***
13636 \f
13637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21710 25547
13638 ;;;;;; 180569 316000))
13639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13640
13641 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13642 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13644 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13645 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13646
13647 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13648 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13649 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13650 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13651
13652 `hide-ifdef-env'
13653 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13654 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13655 is used.
13656
13657 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13658 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13659 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13660 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13661 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13662
13663 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13664 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13665 #endif lines when hiding.
13666
13667 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13668 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13669 is activated.
13670
13671 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13672 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13673 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13674
13675 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13676
13677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13678
13679 ;;;***
13680 \f
13681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21710 25547
13682 ;;;;;; 181569 311000))
13683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13684
13685 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13686 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13687 Each element has the form
13688 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13689
13690 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13691 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13692
13693 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13694 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13695
13696 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13697 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13698 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13699 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13700 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13701 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13702
13703 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13704 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13705
13706 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13707 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13708
13709 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13710 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13711 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13712
13713 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13714 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13716 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13717 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13718
13719 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13720 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13721 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13722
13723 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13724 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13725 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13726
13727 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13728 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13729
13730 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13731
13732 Key bindings:
13733 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13734
13735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736
13737 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13738 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13739
13740 \(fn)" nil nil)
13741
13742 ;;;***
13743 \f
13744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 25465 194934
13745 ;;;;;; 827000))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13747
13748 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13749 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13751 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13752 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13753
13754 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13755 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13756 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13757 this on and off.
13758
13759 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13760 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13761 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13762 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13763 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13764 through various faces.
13765 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13766 buffer with the contents of a file
13767 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13768
13769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13772 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13774 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13775 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13776
13777 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13778 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13779 in a distinctive face.
13780
13781 The default value can be customized with variable
13782 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13783
13784 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13785
13786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13790 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13791
13792 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13796
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13801
13802 \(fn)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13806
13807 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13808 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13809 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13810 shown in the last face in the list.
13811
13812 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13813 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13814 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13815
13816 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13817
13818 \(fn)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13821 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13822
13823 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13824
13825 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13826 to save the file.
13827
13828 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13829 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13830
13831 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13832 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13833 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13834
13835 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13839
13840 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13841 this function is called interactively.
13842
13843 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13844 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13845 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13846
13847 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13848 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13849 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13850
13851 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13852
13853 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13854 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13855 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13858 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13859
13860 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13861
13862 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13863 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13864 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13865 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13866 ARG is omitted or nil.
13867
13868 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13869 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13870 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13871
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873
13874 ;;;***
13875 \f
13876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21710 25547 119569
13877 ;;;;;; 588000))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13879 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13880
13881 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13882 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13883 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13884 or insert functions in this list.")
13885
13886 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13887
13888 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13889 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13890 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13891 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13892 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13893 expansions.
13894 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13895 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13896 undoes the expansion.
13897
13898 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13901 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13902 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13903 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13904
13905 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13906
13907 ;;;***
13908 \f
13909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 25465 194934
13910 ;;;;;; 827000))
13911 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13912
13913 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13914 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13916 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13917 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13918
13919 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13920 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13921 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13922 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13923 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13924 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13925
13926 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13927 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13928 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13929 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13930
13931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13932
13933 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13934 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13935 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13938 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13939
13940 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13941
13942 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13943 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13944 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13945 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13946 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13947
13948 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13949 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13950 windows.
13951
13952 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13953 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13954
13955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13956
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21710 25547
13960 ;;;;;; 60569 851000))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13962
13963 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13964
13965 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13966 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13967 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13968
13969 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13970
13971 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13972
13973 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13974
13975 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13976 Oriental holidays.
13977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13978
13979 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13980
13981 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13982
13983 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13984
13985 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13986 Local holidays.
13987 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13988
13989 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13990
13991 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13992
13993 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13994
13995 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13996 User defined holidays.
13997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13998
13999 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14000
14001 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14002
14003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14004 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14005
14006 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14007
14008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14009 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14010
14011 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14014 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14015
14016 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14017
14018 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14019 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14020
14021 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14024
14025 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14026 Jewish holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14030
14031 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14034
14035 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14036 Christian holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14040
14041 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042
14043 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14044
14045 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14046 Islamic holidays.
14047 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14048
14049 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14050
14051 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14054
14055 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14056 Bahá'í holidays.
14057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14058
14059 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14060
14061 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14066 Sun-related holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074
14075 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14076 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14078 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14079
14080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14083 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14084 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14085 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14086 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14087
14088 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14089 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14090
14091 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14092 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14093
14094 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14095 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14096 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14097 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14098 of a holiday list.
14099
14100 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14101
14102 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14103
14104 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14105
14106 ;;;***
14107 \f
14108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 25465
14109 ;;;;;; 181934 885000))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14111
14112 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14113 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14114
14115 \(fn)" t nil)
14116
14117 ;;;***
14118 \f
14119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21710 25547
14120 ;;;;;; 119569 588000))
14121 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14122 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14123
14124 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14125 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14126 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14127 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14128 as possible.
14129
14130 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14131 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14132 fontified display.
14133
14134 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14135 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14136
14137 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14138 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14139 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14140
14141 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14142
14143 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14144 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14145 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14146
14147 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14148
14149 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14150
14151 ;;;***
14152 \f
14153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21710 25547 120569
14154 ;;;;;; 583000))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14156
14157 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14158 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14159
14160 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14161 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14162 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14163
14164 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14165 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14166 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14167 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14168 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14169 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14170
14171 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14172 title of the column.
14173
14174 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14175 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14176 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14177 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14178 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14179
14180 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14181
14182 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14183 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14184 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14185 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14186 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14187
14188 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14189 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14190 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14191
14192 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14193
14194 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14195 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14196 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14197 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14198 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14199 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14200
14201 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14202 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14203 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14204 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14205 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14206 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14207 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14208 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14209 values are:
14210 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14211 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14212 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14213 buffer's modification flag.
14214 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14215 prompted before performing this operation.
14216 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14217 operation is complete, in the form:
14218 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14219 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14220 confirmation message, in the form:
14221 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14222 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14223 macro for exactly what it does.
14224
14225 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14226
14227 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14228 Define a filter named NAME.
14229 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14230 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14231 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14232
14233 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14234 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14235 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14236 bound to the current value of the filter.
14237
14238 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14239
14240 ;;;***
14241 \f
14242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21710 25547 120569
14243 ;;;;;; 583000))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14245
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14247 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14248 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14249 buffers which are visiting a file.
14250
14251 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14252
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14254 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14255 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14256 buffers which are visiting a file.
14257
14258 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14261 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14262 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14263
14264 All arguments are optional.
14265 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14266 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14267 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14268 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14269 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14270 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14271 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14272 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14273 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14274 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14275 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14276 that value locally in this buffer.
14277
14278 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21710
14283 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14285 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14286
14287 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14288 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14289 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14290 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14291
14292 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14295 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14296 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14297 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14298 ICAL-FILENAME.
14299 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14300 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14301 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14302
14303 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14306 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14307 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14308 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14309 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14310 non-marking or not.
14311
14312 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14315 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14316
14317 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14318 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14319 DIARY-FILE.
14320
14321 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14322 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14323 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14324
14325 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14326 non-marking.
14327
14328 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14329 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14330 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14331
14332 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14333
14334 ;;;***
14335 \f
14336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21710 25547 120569
14337 ;;;;;; 583000))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14339
14340 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14341 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14342 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14345 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14346
14347 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14348
14349 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14350 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14354
14355 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14356 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14357 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14358 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14359
14360 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14361 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14362
14363 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14364 completions:
14365
14366 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14367
14368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14369
14370 ;;;***
14371 \f
14372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 25465 317934
14373 ;;;;;; 279000))
14374 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14375
14376 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14377 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14378 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14379 Tab indents for Icon code.
14380 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14381 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14382 \\{icon-mode-map}
14383 Variables controlling indentation style:
14384 icon-tab-always-indent
14385 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14386 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14387 icon-auto-newline
14388 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14389 inserted in Icon code.
14390 icon-indent-level
14391 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14392 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14393 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14394 icon-continued-statement-offset
14395 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14396 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14397 icon-continued-brace-offset
14398 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14399 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14400 icon-brace-offset
14401 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14402 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14403 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14404 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14405
14406 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14407 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14408
14409 \(fn)" t nil)
14410
14411 ;;;***
14412 \f
14413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21710
14414 ;;;;;; 25547 182569 307000))
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14416
14417 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14418 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14419 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14420 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14421
14422 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14423 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14424 separate frames.
14425
14426 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14427 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14428
14429 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14430 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14431 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14432
14433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14434
14435 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14436
14437 ;;;***
14438 \f
14439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21710 25547
14440 ;;;;;; 183569 302000))
14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14442 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14443
14444 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14445 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14446
14447 The main features of this mode are
14448
14449 1. Indentation and Formatting
14450 --------------------------
14451 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14452 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14453
14454 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14455 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14456 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14457 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14458
14459 Comments are indented as follows:
14460
14461 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14462 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14463 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14464
14465 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14466
14467 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14468 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14469 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14470 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14471 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14472 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14473
14474 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14475 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14476 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14477 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14478
14479 2. Routine Info
14480 ------------
14481 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14482 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14483 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14484 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14485 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14486 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14487 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14488 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14489 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14490 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14491
14492 3. Online IDL Help
14493 ---------------
14494
14495 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14496 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14497 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14498 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14499
14500 4. Completion
14501 ----------
14502 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14503 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14504 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14505 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14506 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14507 upper case.
14508
14509 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14510 --------------------------------
14511 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14512 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14513
14514 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14515 \\fu FUNCTION template
14516 \\c CASE statement template
14517 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14518 \\f FOR loop template
14519 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14520 \\w WHILE loop template
14521 \\i IF statement template
14522 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14523 \\b BEGIN
14524
14525 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14526 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14527
14528 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14529 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14530 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14531 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14532
14533 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14534 -------------------------
14535 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14536 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14537
14538 7. Automatic END completion
14539 ------------------------
14540 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14541 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14542
14543 8. Hooks
14544 -----
14545 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14546 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14547
14548 9. Documentation and Customization
14549 -------------------------------
14550 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14551 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14552 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14553 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14554 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14555 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14556
14557 10.Keybindings
14558 -----------
14559 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14560 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14561 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14562
14563 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14564
14565 \(fn)" t nil)
14566
14567 ;;;***
14568 \f
14569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21710 25547 121569 579000))
14570 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14571
14572 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14573 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14574 The following values are possible:
14575 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14576 displaying...)
14577 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14578 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14579 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14580
14581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14582 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14583
14584 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14585
14586 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14587 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14588 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14589 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14590 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14591 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14592 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14593 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14594 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14595
14596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14597
14598 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14599 Switch to another buffer.
14600 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14601 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14602 in another frame.
14603
14604 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14605 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14606 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14607 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14608 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14609
14610 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14611 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14612
14613 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14614
14615 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14616 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14617 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14618 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14619 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14620 in a separate window.
14621 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14622 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14623 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14624 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14625 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14626 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14627 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14628 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14629 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14630
14631 \(fn)" t nil)
14632
14633 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14634 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14637
14638 \(fn)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14641 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14642 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14643 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14644
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14646
14647 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14648 Kill a buffer.
14649 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14650 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14651
14652 \(fn)" t nil)
14653
14654 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14655 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14656 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14657 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14658
14659 \(fn)" t nil)
14660
14661 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14662 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14663 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14664 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14665
14666 \(fn)" t nil)
14667
14668 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14669 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14670
14671 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14672
14673 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14674 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14675 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14676 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14677 in another frame.
14678
14679 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14680 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14681 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14682 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14683 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14684 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14685
14686 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14687 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14688
14689 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14690
14691 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14692 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14693 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14694 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14695 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14696 in a separate window.
14697 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14698 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14699 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14700 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14701 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14702 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14703 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14704 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14705 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14706 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14707 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14708 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14709 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14710 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14711 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14712 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14713 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14714 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14715
14716 \(fn)" t nil)
14717
14718 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14719 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14720 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14721 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722
14723 \(fn)" t nil)
14724
14725 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14726 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14727 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14728 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729
14730 \(fn)" t nil)
14731
14732 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14733 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14734 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14735 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736
14737 \(fn)" t nil)
14738
14739 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14740 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14741 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14742 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14747 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14748 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14749 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750
14751 \(fn)" t nil)
14752
14753 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14754 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14755 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14756 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14761 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14768 Write current buffer to a file.
14769 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14775 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14776 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14780
14781 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14782 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14783 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14785
14786 \(fn)" t nil)
14787
14788 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14789 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14790 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14791 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14792 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14793 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14794
14795 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14798 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14799 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14800 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14801
14802 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14803
14804 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14805 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14806 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14807 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14808
14809 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14810
14811 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14812 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14813 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14814 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14815 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14816 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14817 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14818 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14819 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14820 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14821 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14822 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14823 with point positioned at the end.
14824 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14825 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14826
14827 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14828
14829 ;;;***
14830 \f
14831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21710 25547 121569 579000))
14832 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14833
14834 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14835 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14836 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14837 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14838
14839 \(fn)" t nil)
14840
14841 ;;;***
14842 \f
14843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 25465 196934 818000))
14844 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14845
14846 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14847
14848 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14849 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14851 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14852 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14853 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14854
14855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14856
14857 ;;;***
14858 \f
14859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 25465 197934 814000))
14860 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14861
14862 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14863 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14864 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14865 be determined.
14866
14867 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14868
14869 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14870 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14871 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14872 be determined.
14873
14874 \(fn)" nil nil)
14875
14876 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14877 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14878 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14879 be determined.
14880
14881 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14882
14883 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14884 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14885 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14886 be determined.
14887
14888 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14889
14890 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14891 Determine and return image type.
14892 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14893 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14894 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14895 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14896 use its file extension as image type.
14897 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14898
14899 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14900
14901 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14902 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14903 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14904
14905 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14906
14907 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14908 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14909 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14910
14911 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14912 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14913 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14914 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14915 must be available.
14916
14917 \(fn)" nil nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14920 Create an image.
14921 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14922 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14923 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14924 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14925 use its file extension as image type.
14926 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14927 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14928 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14929 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14930
14931 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14932
14933 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14934 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14935 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14936
14937 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14938
14939 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14940 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14941 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14942 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14943 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14944 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14945 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14946 POS may be an integer or marker.
14947 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14948 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14949 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14950 means display it in the right marginal area.
14951
14952 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14953
14954 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14955 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14956 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14957 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14958 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14959 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14960 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14961 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14962 means display it in the right marginal area.
14963 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14964 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14965 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14966 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14967 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14968
14969 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14970
14971 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14972 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14973 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14974 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14975 STRING is a single space.
14976 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14977 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14978 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14979 means display it in the right marginal area.
14980 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14981
14982 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14983
14984 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14985 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14986 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14987 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14988
14989 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14990
14991 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14992 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14993
14994 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14995
14996 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14997 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14998 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14999 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15000 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15001 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15002 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15003 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15004 satisfied.
15005
15006 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15007
15008 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15009
15010 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15011
15012 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15013 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15014
15015 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15016 documentation string.
15017
15018 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15019 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15020 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15021 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15022 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15023 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15024 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15025 define SYMBOL.
15026
15027 Example:
15028
15029 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15030 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15031
15032 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15033
15034 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15035
15036 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15037 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15038 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15039 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15040
15041 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15042 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15043 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15044 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15045
15046 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15047
15048 \(fn)" nil nil)
15049
15050 ;;;***
15051 \f
15052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 25465
15053 ;;;;;; 197934 814000))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15055 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15056
15057 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15058 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15059 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15060 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15061 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15062 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15063
15064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15065
15066 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15067 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15068
15069 Convenience command that:
15070
15071 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15072 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15073 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15074
15075 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15076 image files in dired and type
15077 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15078
15079 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15080
15081 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15082 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15083
15084 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15087 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15088 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15089 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15090 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15091 another one).
15092
15093 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15094 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15095 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15096
15097 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15098 instead of erasing it first.
15099
15100 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15101 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15102 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15103 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15104 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15105 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15106
15107 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15108
15109 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15110 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15111 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15112 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15113 displayed.
15114
15115 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15116
15117 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15118
15119 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15120
15121 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15122 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15123
15124 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15125
15126 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15127 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15128 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15129
15130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15131
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15133 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15134
15135 \(fn)" t nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15138 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15139 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15140 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15141
15142 \(fn)" t nil)
15143
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15145 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15146
15147 \(fn)" t nil)
15148
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15150 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15151
15152 \(fn)" t nil)
15153
15154 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15155 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15156
15157 \(fn)" t nil)
15158
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15160 Display current image file.
15161 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15162 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15163
15164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15165
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15167 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15168
15169 \(fn)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15172 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15173 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15174 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15175 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15176 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15177 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15178
15179 \(fn)" t nil)
15180
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15182 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15183 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15184 easy-to-use form.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 ;;;***
15189 \f
15190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 25465 197934
15191 ;;;;;; 814000))
15192 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15193
15194 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15195 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15196 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15197 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15198
15199 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15200 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15201 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15202 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15203
15204 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15205
15206 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15207 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15208 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15209 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15210
15211 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15212 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15213 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15214 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15215
15216 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15217
15218 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15219 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15220
15221 \(fn)" nil nil)
15222
15223 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15224 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15225 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15226 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15227
15228 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15229
15230 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15231 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15232 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15233 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15234 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15235 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15236
15237 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15238
15239 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15240 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15241 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15242 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15243 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15244
15245 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15246 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15247 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15248
15249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15250
15251 ;;;***
15252 \f
15253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21710 25547 122569
15254 ;;;;;; 574000))
15255 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15256
15257 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15258 Major mode for image files.
15259 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15260 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15261
15262 Key bindings:
15263 \\{image-mode-map}
15264
15265 \(fn)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15268 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15272
15273 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15274 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15275 actual image.
15276
15277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15280 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15281 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15282 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15283 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15284 to display an image file as the actual image.
15285
15286 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15287 to display an image file as text initially.
15288
15289 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15290 on these modes.
15291
15292 \(fn)" t nil)
15293
15294 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15295
15296
15297 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15298
15299 ;;;***
15300 \f
15301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21710 25547 122569 574000))
15302 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15303
15304 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15305 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15306
15307 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15308
15309 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15310 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15311 in the buffer.
15312
15313 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15314
15315 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15316 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15317 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15318
15319 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15320
15321 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15322 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15323 Each element of this list should have the form
15324
15325 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15326
15327 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15328 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15329 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15330 matches are put).
15331 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15332 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15333 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15334 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15335 another element.
15336 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15337 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15338 the menu item.
15339 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15340 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15341 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15342 the ARGUMENTS.
15343
15344 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15345 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15346 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15347
15348 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15349 create a buffer index.
15350
15351 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15352 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15353 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15354 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15355 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15356
15357 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15358
15359 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15360 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15361
15362 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15363 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15364 called within a `save-excursion'.
15365
15366 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15367
15368 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15369
15370 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15371 Function for finding the next index position.
15372
15373 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15374 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15375 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15376 file.
15377
15378 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15379 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15380
15381 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15382
15383 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15384 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15385
15386 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15387 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15388 It should return the name for that index item.")
15389
15390 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15391
15392 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15393 Function to compare string with index item.
15394
15395 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15396 non-nil if they match.
15397
15398 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15399 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15400 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15401 arguments match\".")
15402
15403 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15404
15405 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15406 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15407 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15408
15409 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15410 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15411
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15413
15414 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15415
15416 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15417 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15418 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15419 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15420
15421 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15422
15423 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15424 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15425
15426 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15427
15428 \(fn)" t nil)
15429
15430 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15431 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15432 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15433 for more information.
15434
15435 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15436
15437 ;;;***
15438 \f
15439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 25465
15440 ;;;;;; 210934 756000))
15441 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15442
15443 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15444 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15445
15446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15447
15448 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15449
15450
15451 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15454
15455
15456 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15459
15460
15461 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15462
15463 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15464 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15465
15466 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15467
15468 ;;;***
15469 \f
15470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21710 25547
15471 ;;;;;; 183569 302000))
15472 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15473
15474 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15475 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15476 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15477 to that buffer.
15478 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15479 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15480 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15481 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15482
15483 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15484
15485 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15486
15487 ;;;***
15488 \f
15489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21710 25547 123569 570000))
15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15491
15492 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15493 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15494 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15495 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15496 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15497 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15498 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15499 first in this list.
15500
15501 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15502 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15503 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15504 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15505 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15506
15507 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15508 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15509 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15510
15511 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15512 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15513
15514 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15515 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15516
15517 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15518 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15519 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15520 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15521 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15522 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15523 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15524 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15525 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15526 with the top-level Info directory.
15527
15528 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15529 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15530
15531 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15532
15533 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15534 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15535 in all the directories in that path.
15536
15537 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15538
15539 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15540
15541 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15542 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15543
15544 \(fn)" t nil)
15545
15546 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15547 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15548
15549 \(fn)" t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15552 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15553 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15554 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15555
15556 \(fn)" nil nil)
15557
15558 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15559 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15560 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15561 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15562
15563 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15564
15565 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15566 Go to the Info directory node.
15567
15568 \(fn)" t nil)
15569
15570 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15571 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15572 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15573 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15574 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15575 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15576
15577 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15580 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15581 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15582
15583 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15586 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15587 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15588 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15589 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15590
15591 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15592
15593 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15594 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15595 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15596 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15597 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15598
15599 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15600 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15601
15602 Selecting other nodes:
15603 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15604 Follow a node reference you click on.
15605 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15606 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15607 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15608 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15609 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15610 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15611 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15612 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15613 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15614 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15615 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15616 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15617 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15618 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15619 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15620 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15621 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15622 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15623 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15624 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15625
15626 Moving within a node:
15627 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15628 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15629 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15630 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15631 move up to the parent node.
15632 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15633 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15634 if there is none.
15635 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15636
15637 Advanced commands:
15638 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15639 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15640 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15641 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15642 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15643 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15644 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15645 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15646 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15647 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15648 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15649 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15650 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15651 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15652 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15653 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15654
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15656 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15657
15658 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15659 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15660 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15661 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15662 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15663 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15664
15665 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15666 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15667
15668 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15669 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15670 KEY is a string.
15671 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15672 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15673 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15674 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15675
15676 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15679 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15680 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15681
15682 \(fn)" t nil)
15683
15684 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15685 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15686 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15687
15688 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15689
15690 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15691 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15692 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15693 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15694
15695 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15696
15697 ;;;***
15698 \f
15699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21710 25465 198934
15700 ;;;;;; 809000))
15701 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15702
15703 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15704 Throw away all cached data.
15705 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15706 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15707 system.
15708
15709 \(fn)" t nil)
15710 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15711
15712 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15713 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15714 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15715 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15716 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15717 one found at point.
15718
15719 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15720
15721 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15722 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15723
15724 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15725 Display the documentation of a file.
15726 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15727 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15728 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15729 The default file name is the one found at point.
15730
15731 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15732
15733 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15734
15735 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15736 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15737
15738 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15741 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15742
15743 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15744
15745 ;;;***
15746 \f
15747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 25465 198934
15748 ;;;;;; 809000))
15749 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15750 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15751
15752 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15753 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15754 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15755 current info file is the default.
15756
15757 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15758 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15759 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15760 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15761 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15762
15763 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15764 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15765 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15766 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15767 mistake in the reference.
15768
15769 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15770 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15771 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15772
15773 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15774 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15775 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15776 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15777
15778 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15781 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15782 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15783 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15784 checked.
15785
15786 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15787 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15788 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15789 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15790 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15791 should be harmless.
15792
15793 \(fn)" t nil)
15794
15795 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15796 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15797 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15798 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15799
15800 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15801 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15802 and can take a long time.
15803
15804 \(fn)" t nil)
15805
15806 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15807 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15808 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15809
15810 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15811
15812 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15813 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15814
15815 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15816 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15817 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15818 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15819 all builtins).
15820
15821 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15822 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15823 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15824 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15825 the sources handy.
15826
15827 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15828
15829 ;;;***
15830 \f
15831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 25465 199934
15832 ;;;;;; 805000))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15834
15835 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15836 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15837
15838 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15839
15840 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15841 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15842
15843 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15846 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15847 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15848 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15849
15850 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15851 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15852 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15853
15854 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15855 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15856 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15857 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15858
15859 \(fn)" t nil)
15860
15861 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15862 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15863 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15864
15865 \(fn)" t nil)
15866
15867 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15868 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15869 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15870 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15871 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15872
15873 \(fn)" nil nil)
15874
15875 ;;;***
15876 \f
15877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 25465
15878 ;;;;;; 100935 246000))
15879 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15880 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15881
15882 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15883 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15884 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15885
15886 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15887
15888 ;;;***
15889 \f
15890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15891 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15893
15894 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15895 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15896
15897 \(fn)" t nil)
15898
15899 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15900 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15905
15906
15907 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15908
15909 ;;;***
15910 \f
15911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21710 25465 204934
15912 ;;;;;; 783000))
15913 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15914 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15915
15916 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15917 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15918 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15919 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15920 accessed via isearchb.
15921
15922 \(fn)" t nil)
15923
15924 ;;;***
15925 \f
15926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15927 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15929
15930 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15931 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15932 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15933 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15934 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15935
15936 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15937
15938 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15940 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15943
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15951
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15953
15954 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961
15962 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15967
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15988 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15990
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15992
15993 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15996 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15997
15998 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16001 Warn that format is read-only.
16002
16003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Warn that format is write-only.
16007
16008 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16012
16013 \(fn)" t nil)
16014
16015 ;;;***
16016 \f
16017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16018 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 200934 800000))
16019 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16020 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16021 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16022
16023 ;;;***
16024 \f
16025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21756 23917
16026 ;;;;;; 647125 373000))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16028
16029 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16030
16031 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16032 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16033 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16034 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16035 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16036
16037 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16038
16039 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16040
16041 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16042 Key map for ispell menu.")
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16045 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16046 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16047 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16048
16049 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16050
16051 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16052
16053 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16054
16055 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16056
16057 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16058 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16059 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16060 Valid forms include:
16061 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16062 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16063 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16064 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16065
16066 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16067 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16068 First list is used raw.
16069 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16070
16071 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16072 for skipping in latex mode.")
16073
16074 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16075 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16076 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16077 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16078 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16079 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16080 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16081
16082 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16083 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16084 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16085 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16086
16087 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16088 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16089 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16090 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16091 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16092
16093 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16094 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16095
16096 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16097 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16098
16099 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16100 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16101
16102 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16103 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16104
16105 Return values:
16106 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16107 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16108 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16109 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16110 quit spell session exited.
16111
16112 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16115 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16116 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16117
16118 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16121 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16122
16123 Selections are:
16124
16125 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16126 SPC: Accept word this time.
16127 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16128 `a': Accept word for this session.
16129 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16130 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16131 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16132 `?': Show these commands.
16133 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16134 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16135 the aborted check to be completed later.
16136 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16137 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16138 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16139 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16140 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16141 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16142 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16143
16144 \(fn)" nil nil)
16145
16146 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16147 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16148 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16149 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16150
16151 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16152
16153 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16154 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16155 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16156 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16157
16158 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16159
16160 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16161
16162 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16163 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16164 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16165 amount for last line processed.
16166
16167 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16168
16169 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16170 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16171
16172 \(fn)" t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16175 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16176
16177 \(fn)" t nil)
16178
16179 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16180 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16181 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16182
16183 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16186 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16187
16188 \(fn)" t nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16191 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16192 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16193 sequence inside of a word.
16194
16195 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16196
16197 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16198
16199 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16200 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16201
16202 \(fn)" t nil)
16203
16204 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16205 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16206 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16207 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16208
16209 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16210 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16211 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16212 available on the net.
16213
16214 \(fn)" t nil)
16215
16216 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16217 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16221
16222 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16223 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16224 spelled.
16225
16226 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16227 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16228 SPC.
16229
16230 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16231 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16232
16233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16234
16235 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16236 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16237 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16238 Don't check included messages.
16239
16240 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16241 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16242 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16243
16244 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16245 in your init file:
16246 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16247 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16248 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16249 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16250
16251 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16252 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16253 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16254
16255 \(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257 ;;;***
16258 \f
16259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16260 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
16261 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16262
16263 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16264
16265
16266 \(fn)" nil nil)
16267
16268 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16269 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16270 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16271 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16272 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16273 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16274 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16275 necessary to represent OBJ.
16276
16277 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16280 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16281 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16282 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16283
16284 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16285
16286 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16287 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16288 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16289 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16290 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16291
16292 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16293
16294 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16295 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16296 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16297 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16298
16299 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16300
16301 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16302 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16303 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16304 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16305
16306 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16307
16308 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16309 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16310
16311 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16312
16313 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16314 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16315 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16316 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16317 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16318
16319 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16320
16321 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16322 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16323 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16324 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16325 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16326
16327 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16330 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16331 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16332
16333 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16334
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 25465 205934
16338 ;;;;;; 778000))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16340
16341 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16342 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16343 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16344 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16345
16346 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16347
16348
16349 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16350
16351 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16352 Uninstall jka-compr.
16353 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16354 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16355 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16356
16357 \(fn)" nil nil)
16358
16359 ;;;***
16360 \f
16361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21710 25547 184569
16362 ;;;;;; 298000))
16363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16364 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16365
16366 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16367 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16368
16369 \(fn)" t nil)
16370 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16371
16372 ;;;***
16373 \f
16374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21710 25465 205934 778000))
16375 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16376 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16377
16378 ;;;***
16379 \f
16380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 25465
16381 ;;;;;; 139935 72000))
16382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16383
16384 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16385 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16386 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16387 decimal key must be specified.")
16388
16389 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16390
16391 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16392 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16393 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16394 decimal key must be specified.")
16395
16396 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16397
16398 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16399 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16400 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16401 decimal key must be specified.")
16402
16403 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16404
16405 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16406 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16407 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16408 decimal key must be specified.")
16409
16410 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16411
16412 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16413 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16414 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16415 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16416 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16417 keys are bound.
16418
16419 Setup Binding
16420 -------------------------------------------------------------
16421 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16422 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16423 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16424 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16425 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16426 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16427 in the global and local keymaps.
16428
16429 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16430 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16431
16432 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16433
16434 ;;;***
16435 \f
16436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16437 ;;;;;; 25465 200934 800000))
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16439
16440 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16441 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16442 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16443
16444 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16445 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16446 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16447 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16448 shorter.
16449
16450 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16451 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16452 the context of text formatting.
16453
16454 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16455
16456 ;;;***
16457 \f
16458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 25465 201934
16459 ;;;;;; 796000))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16461
16462 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16463 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16464 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16465 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16466 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16467 positions that contains the current selection.")
16468
16469 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16470 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16471 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16472 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16473 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16474 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16475 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16476
16477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16478
16479 ;;;***
16480 \f
16481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 25465 205934 778000))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16483 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16484 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16485 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16486 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16487 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16488 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16489 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16490
16491 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16492 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16493 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16494
16495 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16498 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16499 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16500 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16501 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16502
16503 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16504
16505 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16506 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16507 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16508
16509 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16510 defining the macro.
16511
16512 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16513 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16514 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16515
16516 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16517 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16518
16519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16520
16521 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16522 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16523 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16524 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16525 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16526 under that name.
16527
16528 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16529 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16530 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16531
16532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16533
16534 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16535 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16536 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16537 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16538
16539 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16540 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16541 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16542 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16543
16544 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16545 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16546
16547 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16548
16549 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16550 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16551 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16552
16553 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16554 macro.
16555
16556 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16557 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16558
16559 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16560 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16561 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16562
16563 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16564 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16565
16566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16567
16568 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16569 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16570 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16571 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16572
16573 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16574
16575 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16576 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16577 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16578 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16579
16580 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16581 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16582
16583 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16584
16585 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16586 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16587 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16588
16589 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16590
16591 ;;;***
16592 \f
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16594 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
16595 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16596
16597 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16598 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16599 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16600
16601 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16602
16603
16604 \(fn)" nil nil)
16605
16606 ;;;***
16607 \f
16608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21710 25547
16609 ;;;;;; 167569 373000))
16610 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16611
16612 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16613
16614 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16615 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16616
16617 \(fn)" t nil)
16618
16619 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16620 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16621 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16622 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16623
16624 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16625 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16626 none / 1 | yes | no
16627 2 | yes | yes
16628 3 | no | yes
16629 4 | no | no
16630
16631 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16632 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16633 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16634
16635 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16636
16637 ;;;***
16638 \f
16639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 25465
16640 ;;;;;; 211934 751000))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16642
16643 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16644
16645
16646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16647
16648 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16649 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16650 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16651 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16652 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16653 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16654
16655 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16656 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16657
16658 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16659
16660 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16661 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16662
16663 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16664
16665 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16666
16667
16668 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16669
16670 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16671
16672
16673 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16674
16675 ;;;***
16676 \f
16677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16678 ;;;;;; 25465 201934 796000))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16680
16681 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16682 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16683 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16684 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16685
16686 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16687
16688 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16689 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16690 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16691
16692 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16693
16694 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16695 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16696 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16697
16698 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16701 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16702 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16703 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16704
16705 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16706
16707 ;;;***
16708 \f
16709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16710 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 201934 796000))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16712
16713 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16714 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16715 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16716 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16717 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16718 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16719 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16720 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16721
16722 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16723 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16724
16725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16726 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16727
16728 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16729
16730 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16731 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16732 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16733 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16734 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16735 `latin1-display-setup'.
16736
16737 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16738
16739 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16740 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16741 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16742 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16743
16744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16745 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16746
16747 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16748
16749 ;;;***
16750 \f
16751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16752 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
16753 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16754
16755 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16756 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16757
16758 \(fn)" t nil)
16759
16760 ;;;***
16761 \f
16762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 25465 296934 372000))
16763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16764
16765 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16766 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16767 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16768 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16769 generations (this defaults to 1).
16770
16771 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16772
16773 ;;;***
16774 \f
16775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21710 25547 134569 521000))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16777 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16778
16779 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16780 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16781 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16782 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16783 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16784
16785 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16786
16787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16788
16789 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16790 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16791 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16794 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16795
16796 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16797
16798 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16799 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16800 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16801 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16802 ARG is omitted or nil.
16803
16804 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16805 `linum-on' would do it.
16806 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16807
16808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16809
16810 ;;;***
16811 \f
16812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 25465 223934
16813 ;;;;;; 698000))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16815
16816 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16817 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16818 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16819 is nil, raise an error.
16820
16821 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16822 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16823 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16824 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16825 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16826 defined by the library.
16827
16828 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16829 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16830 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16831 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16832 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16833 proceeds.
16834
16835 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16836 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16837 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16838 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16839
16840 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
16845 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16846
16847 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16848 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16849 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16850
16851 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16852
16853 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16854 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16855 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16856 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16857
16858 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16859 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16860 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16861 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16862 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16863 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16864 the version.)
16865
16866 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16867 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16868
16869 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16870 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16871
16872 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16873 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16874
16875 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16876
16877 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16878 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16879 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16880 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16881 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16882 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16883 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16884 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16885 to constrain a big search.
16886
16887 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16888
16889 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16890 except that FILTER is not optional.
16891
16892 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16893
16894 ;;;***
16895 \f
16896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 25465 370934
16897 ;;;;;; 43000))
16898 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16899
16900 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16901 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16902 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16903 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16904 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16905 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16906 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16907 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16908 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16909 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16910
16911 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16912 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16913 associated values:
16914 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16915 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16916 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16917 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16918 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16919
16920 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16921 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16922 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16923
16924 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16925
16926 ;;;***
16927 \f
16928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 25465 370934
16929 ;;;;;; 43000))
16930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16931
16932 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16933 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16934
16935 \(fn)" t nil)
16936
16937 ;;;***
16938 \f
16939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
16940 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16941
16942 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16943 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16944
16945 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16946 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16947
16948 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16949 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16950 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16951
16952 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16953 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16954
16955 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16956 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16957 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16958 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16959 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16960 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16961 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16962
16963 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16964
16965 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16966 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16967 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16968 switch on this list.
16969 See `lpr-command'.")
16970
16971 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16972
16973 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16974 Name of program for printing a file.
16975
16976 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16977 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16978 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16979 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16980 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16981 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16982 argument.")
16983
16984 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16985
16986 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16987 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16988 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16989 for customization of the printer command.
16990
16991 \(fn)" t nil)
16992
16993 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16994 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16995
16996 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16997 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16998 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16999 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17000
17001 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17002 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17003
17004 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17005 for further customization of the printer command.
17006
17007 \(fn)" t nil)
17008
17009 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17010 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17011 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17012 for customization of the printer command.
17013
17014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17015
17016 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17017 Paginate and print the region contents.
17018
17019 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17020 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17021 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17022 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17023
17024 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17025 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17026
17027 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17028 for further customization of the printer command.
17029
17030 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17031
17032 ;;;***
17033 \f
17034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21710 25547 134569
17035 ;;;;;; 521000))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17037
17038 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17039 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17040 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17041
17042 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17043
17044 ;;;***
17045 \f
17046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21710 25547 61569
17047 ;;;;;; 846000))
17048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17049
17050 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17051 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17052 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17053 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17054
17055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17056
17057 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17058
17059 ;;;***
17060 \f
17061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21710 25547
17062 ;;;;;; 184569 298000))
17063 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17064
17065 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17066 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17067
17068 \(fn)" t nil)
17069
17070 ;;;***
17071 \f
17072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 25465 224934 693000))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17074
17075 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17076 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17077 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17078 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17079 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17080
17081 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17082
17083 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17084 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17085 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17086 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17087 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17088
17089 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17090 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17091 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17092 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17093 bindings.
17094
17095 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17096 use this command, and then save the file.
17097
17098 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17099
17100 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17101 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17102 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17103 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17104 each time the macro executes.
17105 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17106 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17107 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17108 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17109 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17110 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17111 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17112
17113 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17114
17115 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17116 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17117 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17118 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17119
17120 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17121 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17122 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17123 execute.
17124
17125 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17126 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17127
17128 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17129 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17130 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17131 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17132 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17133
17134 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17135 looked like this:
17136
17137 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17138 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17139 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17140
17141 You could enter the names in this format:
17142
17143 foo
17144 bar
17145 baz
17146
17147 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17148
17149 \\C-x (
17150 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17151 \\C-x )
17152
17153 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17154 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17155
17156 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17157 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17158
17159 ;;;***
17160 \f
17161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 25465
17162 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17164
17165 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17166 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17167 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17168 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17169 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17170 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17171
17172 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17173 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17174 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17175 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17176 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17177
17178 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17179 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17180 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17181 consing a string.)
17182
17183 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17184
17185 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17186 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17187
17188 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17189
17190 ;;;***
17191 \f
17192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 25465
17193 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17195
17196 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17197 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17198
17199 \(fn)" nil nil)
17200
17201 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17202
17203
17204 \(fn)" nil nil)
17205
17206 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17207 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17208
17209 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17210
17211 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17212 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17213 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17214 message.
17215
17216 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17217
17218 \(fn)" nil nil)
17219
17220 ;;;***
17221 \f
17222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 25465
17223 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17224 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17225
17226 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17227 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17228 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17229 often correct parser.")
17230
17231 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17232
17233 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17234 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17235 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17236 a value which excludes your own email address.
17237
17238 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17239 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17240
17241 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17242
17243 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17244 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17245
17246 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17247
17248 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17249 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17250 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17251 we return it unconverted.
17252
17253 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17254 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17255
17256 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17257
17258 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17259 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17260 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17261 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17262
17263 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17266 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17267 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17268 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17269
17270 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17273 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17274 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17275 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17276 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17277 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17278 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17279 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17280 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17281 as Rmail does.
17282
17283 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17284
17285 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17286 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17287 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17288 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17289 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17290 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17291 matches may be returned from the message body.
17292
17293 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17294
17295 ;;;***
17296 \f
17297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 25465
17298 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17299 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17300
17301 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17302 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17303 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17306 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17307
17308 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17309
17310 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17311 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17315
17316 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17317 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17318 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17319 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17320
17321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17322
17323 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17324 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17325
17326 \(fn)" nil nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17329 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17330 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17331
17332 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17333
17334 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17335 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17336 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17337
17338 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17339 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17340 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17341 double-quotes.
17342
17343 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17344
17345 ;;;***
17346 \f
17347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 25465
17348 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17350
17351 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17352 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17353 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17354 king@grassland.com
17355 If `parens', they look like:
17356 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17357 If `angles', they look like:
17358 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17359
17360 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17361
17362 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17363 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17364 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17365 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17366 their `Resent-' variants.
17367
17368 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17369 removed from alias expansions.
17370
17371 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17372
17373 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17374 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17375 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17376
17377 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17378 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17379 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17380 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17381
17382 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17383
17384 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17385 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17386 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17387
17388 \(fn)" nil nil)
17389
17390 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17391 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17392 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17393 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17394
17395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17396
17397 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17398
17399 ;;;***
17400 \f
17401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 25465
17402 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17404
17405 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17406 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17407 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17408 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17409
17410 \(fn)" nil nil)
17411
17412 ;;;***
17413 \f
17414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17415 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
17416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17417
17418 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17419 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17420
17421 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17422 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17423 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17424 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17425 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17426 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17427
17428 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17429 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17430 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17431 dependency, despite the colon.
17432
17433 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17434
17435 In the browser, use the following keys:
17436
17437 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17438
17439 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17440
17441 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17442 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17443
17444 `makefile-target-colon':
17445 The string that gets appended to all target names
17446 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17447 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17448
17449 `makefile-macro-assign':
17450 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17451 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17452 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17453 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17454 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17455 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17456
17457 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17458 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17459 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17460
17461 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17462 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17463
17464 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17465 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17466 up or down in the browser.
17467
17468 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17469 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17470
17471 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17472 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17473
17474 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17475 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17476 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17477 has been selected in the browser.
17478
17479 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17481 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17482 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17483 filenames are omitted.
17484
17485 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17486 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17487 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17488 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17489 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17490 the backslash itself intact.
17491 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17492 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17493
17494 `makefile-browser-hook':
17495 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17496 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17497
17498 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17499 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17500 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17501 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17502
17503 \(fn)" t nil)
17504
17505 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17506 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17507
17508 \(fn)" t nil)
17509
17510 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17511 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17512
17513 \(fn)" t nil)
17514
17515 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17516 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17517
17518 \(fn)" t nil)
17519
17520 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17521 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17522
17523 \(fn)" t nil)
17524
17525 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17526 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17527
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17529
17530 ;;;***
17531 \f
17532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 25465 230934
17533 ;;;;;; 667000))
17534 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17535
17536 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17537 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17538 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17539
17540 \(fn)" t nil)
17541
17542 ;;;***
17543 \f
17544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21710 25547 136569 512000))
17545 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17546
17547 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17548
17549 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17550 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17551 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17552 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17553 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17554 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17555 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17556 page, it will display immediately.
17557
17558 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17559 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17560 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17561
17562 cat(1)
17563 1 cat
17564
17565 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17566 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17567 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17568 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17569
17570 -a chmod
17571
17572 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17573 otherwise look like a page name.
17574
17575 /my/file/name.1.gz
17576 -l somefile.1
17577
17578 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17579 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17580 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17581
17582 -k pattern
17583
17584 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17585
17586 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17587 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17588
17589 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17590
17591 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17592 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17593
17594 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17595
17596 ;;;***
17597 \f
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17600 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17601
17602 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17603 Toggle Master mode.
17604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17605 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17606 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17607
17608 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17609 using the following commands:
17610
17611 \\{master-mode-map}
17612
17613 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17614 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17615 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17616
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17618
17619 ;;;***
17620 \f
17621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 25465 230934
17622 ;;;;;; 667000))
17623 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17624
17625 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17626 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17627 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17630 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17631
17632 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17633
17634 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17635 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17637 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17638 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17639
17640 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17641 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17642 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17643 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17644
17645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17646
17647 ;;;***
17648 \f
17649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
17650 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17651 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17652
17653 ;;;***
17654 \f
17655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21710 25547 111569
17656 ;;;;;; 623000))
17657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17658
17659 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17660
17661 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17662 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17663 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17664 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17665 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17666 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17667 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17668 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17669 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17670 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17671 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17672 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17673 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17674 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17675 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17676 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17677 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17678 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17679 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17680 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17681 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17682 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17683 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17684 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17685 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17686 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17687 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17688 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17689 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17690 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17691 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17692 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17693 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17694 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17695 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17696 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17697 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17698 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17699
17700 \(fn)" t nil)
17701
17702 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17703 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17704 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17705 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17706 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17707
17708 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17709
17710 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17711 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17712
17713 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17714
17715 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17716 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17717
17718 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17719
17720 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17721 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17722
17723 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17726 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17727 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17728
17729 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17732 Cancel an article you posted.
17733 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17734
17735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17736
17737 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17738 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17739 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17740 header line with the old Message-ID.
17741
17742 \(fn)" t nil)
17743
17744 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17745 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17746
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17748
17749 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17750 Forward the current message via mail.
17751 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17752 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17753
17754 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17757
17758
17759 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17760
17761 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17762
17763
17764 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17765
17766 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17767 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17768
17769 \(fn)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17772 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17773
17774 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17777 Re-mail the current message.
17778 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17779 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17780 you.
17781
17782 \(fn)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17785 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17786
17787 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17790 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17795 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17800 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17801
17802 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17803
17804 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17805 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17806 Works by overstriking characters.
17807 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17808 which specify the range to operate on.
17809
17810 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17813 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17814 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17815 which specify the range to operate on.
17816
17817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17818
17819 ;;;***
17820 \f
17821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17822 ;;;;;; 25465 321934 261000))
17823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17824 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17825
17826 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17827 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17828
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17830
17831 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17832 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17833
17834 \(fn)" t nil)
17835
17836 ;;;***
17837 \f
17838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 25465
17839 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
17840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17841
17842 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17843 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17844 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17845
17846 \(fn)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17849 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17850 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17851 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17852 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17853 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17854 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17855
17856 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17859 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17860 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17861 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17862 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17863 means current).
17864 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17865 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17866
17867 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17870 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17871 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17872 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17873 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17874 means current).
17875 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17876 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17877
17878 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17879
17880 ;;;***
17881 \f
17882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 25465 234934
17883 ;;;;;; 649000))
17884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17885
17886 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17887 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17888 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17889
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17893 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17894 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17899 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17900
17901 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17902 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17903 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17904
17905 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17906 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17907
17908 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17909 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17910
17911 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17912
17913 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17914
17915 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17916 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17917 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17918 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17919 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17920 as `compose-mail'.
17921
17922 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17923 initial Subject field, respectively.
17924
17925 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17926 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17927 are strings.
17928
17929 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17930 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17931
17932 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17933
17934 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17935 Save draft and send message.
17936
17937 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17938 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17939 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17940 Mail Delivery*\".
17941
17942 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17943 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17944 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17945
17946 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17947 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17948 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17949 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17950 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17951 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17952
17953 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17954 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17955
17956 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17957 message and scan line.
17958
17959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17960
17961 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17962 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17963
17964 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17965 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17966 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17967 delete the draft message.
17968
17969 \(fn)" t nil)
17970
17971 ;;;***
17972 \f
17973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21710 25547 138569 503000))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17975 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17976
17977 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17978
17979 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17980
17981 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17982
17983 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17984 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17985
17986 \(fn)" t nil)
17987
17988 ;;;***
17989 \f
17990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 25465
17991 ;;;;;; 235934 644000))
17992 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17993
17994 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17995 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17996 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17997
17998 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17999 the MH mail system.
18000
18001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18002
18003 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18004 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18005 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18006
18007 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18008 the MH mail system.
18009
18010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18011
18012 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18013 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18014
18015 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18016 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18017 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18018 separate command.
18019
18020 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18021 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18022 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18023 format.
18024
18025 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18026
18027 Ranges
18028 ======
18029 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18030 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18031 can be used in several ways.
18032
18033 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18034 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18035 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18036 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18037 page):
18038
18039 <num1>-<num2>
18040 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18041 The range must be nonempty.
18042
18043 <num>:N
18044 <num>:+N
18045 <num>:-N
18046 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18047 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18048 last.
18049
18050 first:N
18051 prev:N
18052 next:N
18053 last:N
18054 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18055
18056 all
18057 All of the messages.
18058
18059 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18060 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18061
18062 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18063 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18064 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18065
18066 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18067
18068 \(fn)" t nil)
18069
18070 ;;;***
18071 \f
18072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 25465 238934
18073 ;;;;;; 631000))
18074 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18075
18076 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18077 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18078 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18079 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18080 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18081 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18082 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18083 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18084 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18085 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18086 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18087
18088 \(fn)" t nil)
18089
18090 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18091 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18092 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18093 to its second argument TM.
18094
18095 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18096
18097 ;;;***
18098 \f
18099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 25465
18100 ;;;;;; 238934 631000))
18101 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18102
18103 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18104 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18105 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18106 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18107 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18108 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18109
18110 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18113 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18115 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18116 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18117
18118 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18119 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18120 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18121 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18122 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18123 is modified to remove the default indication.
18124
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18126
18127 ;;;***
18128 \f
18129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 25465 239934 627000))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18131
18132 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18133 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18134 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18135 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18136 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18137 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18138 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18139 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18140 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18141
18142 \(fn)" t nil)
18143
18144 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18145 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18146 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18147 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18148 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18149 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18150 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18151 The return value is always nil.
18152
18153 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18154
18155 ;;;***
18156 \f
18157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21710 25547 139569
18158 ;;;;;; 498000))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18160 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18161
18162 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18163 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18164
18165 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18166 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18167 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18168 next occurrence.
18169
18170 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18171 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18172 end of the search space).
18173
18174 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18175 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18176 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18177 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18178 should return the previous buffer to search.
18179
18180 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18181 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18182 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18183
18184 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18185 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18186 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18187 Isearch starts.")
18188
18189 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18190 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18191 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18192
18193 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18194 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18195 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18196
18197 \(fn)" nil nil)
18198
18199 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18200 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18201 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18202 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18203 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18204 whose names match the specified regexp.
18205
18206 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18207
18208 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18209 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18210 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18211 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18212 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18213 whose names match the specified regexp.
18214
18215 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18216
18217 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18218 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18219 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18220 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18221 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18222 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18223 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18224
18225 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18226
18227 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18228 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18229 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18230 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18231 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18232 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18233 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18234
18235 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18236
18237 ;;;***
18238 \f
18239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18240 ;;;;;; 25465 322934 257000))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18242 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18243
18244 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18245 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18246
18247 \(fn)" t nil)
18248
18249 ;;;***
18250 \f
18251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 25465
18252 ;;;;;; 183934 876000))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18254
18255 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18256 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18257
18258 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18259
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21710 25547
18263 ;;;;;; 112569 619000))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18265
18266 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18267 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18268
18269 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18272 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18273 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18274 the entire message.
18275 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18276
18277 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18278
18279 ;;;***
18280 \f
18281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 25465
18282 ;;;;;; 183934 876000))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18284
18285 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18286 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18287 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18288 the entire message.
18289 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18290
18291 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18292
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21710 25547 112569
18296 ;;;;;; 619000))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18298
18299 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18300 Insert file contents of URL.
18301 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18302
18303 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18304
18305 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18306 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18307
18308 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18309
18310 ;;;***
18311 \f
18312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21710 25547 112569
18313 ;;;;;; 619000))
18314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18315
18316 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18317 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18318 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18319 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18320 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18321
18322 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18323
18324 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18325 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18326 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18327
18328 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18329
18330 ;;;***
18331 \f
18332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21710 25547 113569 614000))
18333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18334
18335 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18336 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18337
18338 \(fn)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18341 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18342 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18343 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18344 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18345
18346 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18347 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18348 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18349 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18350 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18351 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18352
18353 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21710 25547 113569
18358 ;;;;;; 614000))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18360
18361 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18362
18363
18364 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18365
18366 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18367
18368
18369 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21710 25547 113569
18374 ;;;;;; 614000))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18376
18377 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18378
18379
18380 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18381
18382 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18383
18384
18385 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18386
18387 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18388
18389
18390 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18391
18392 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18393
18394
18395 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18398
18399
18400 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18403
18404
18405 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18408
18409
18410 \(fn)" nil nil)
18411
18412 ;;;***
18413 \f
18414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 25465
18415 ;;;;;; 101935 242000))
18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18417
18418 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18419
18420 ;;;***
18421 \f
18422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21710 25465
18423 ;;;;;; 322934 257000))
18424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18425
18426 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18427
18428 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18429 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18430 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18431 followed by the first character of the construct.
18432 \\<m2-mode-map>
18433 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18434 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18435 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18436 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18437 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18438 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18439 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18440 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18441 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18442 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18443 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18444 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18445 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18446 \\[m2-link] link
18447
18448 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18449 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18450 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18451
18452 \(fn)" t nil)
18453
18454 ;;;***
18455 \f
18456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21710 25547 167569
18457 ;;;;;; 373000))
18458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18459
18460 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18461 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18462
18463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18466 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18467
18468 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18471 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18472
18473 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18476 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18477
18478 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18479
18480 ;;;***
18481 \f
18482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 25465 239934
18483 ;;;;;; 627000))
18484 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18485
18486 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18487 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18488
18489 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18490 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18491 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18492
18493 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18494 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18495 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18496
18497 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18498 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18499
18500 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18501 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18502 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18503 hemisphere you're in.)
18504
18505 To test this function, evaluate:
18506 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18507
18508 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18509
18510 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18511 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18512
18513 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18514 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18515
18516 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18517 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18518 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18519
18520 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18521 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18522
18523 To test this function, evaluate:
18524 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18525
18526 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18527
18528 ;;;***
18529 \f
18530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21710 25547 140569 494000))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18532
18533 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18534 Main entry point for MPC.
18535
18536 \(fn)" t nil)
18537
18538 ;;;***
18539 \f
18540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
18541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18542
18543 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18544 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18545
18546 \(fn)" t nil)
18547
18548 ;;;***
18549 \f
18550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21710 25547 140569 494000))
18551 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18552
18553 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18554 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18555 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18558 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18559
18560 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18561
18562 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18563 Toggle Msb mode.
18564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18565 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18566 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18567
18568 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18569 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18570
18571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18572
18573 ;;;***
18574 \f
18575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21710
18576 ;;;;;; 25547 124569 565000))
18577 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18578
18579 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18580 Display a list of all character sets.
18581
18582 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18583 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18584 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18585 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18586 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18587
18588 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18589 but still shows the full information.
18590
18591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18592
18593 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18594 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18595 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18596
18597 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18598 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18599 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18600 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18601 meanings of these arguments.
18602
18603 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18604
18605 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18606 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18607
18608 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18609
18610 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18611 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18612
18613 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18614
18615 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18616 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18617
18618 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18619
18620 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18621 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18622
18623 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18624 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18625 in place of `..':
18626 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18627 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18628 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18629 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18630 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18631 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18632 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18633 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18634 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18635 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18636 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18637 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18638 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18639 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18640 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18641 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18642
18643 \(fn)" t nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18647
18648 \(fn)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display a list of all coding systems.
18652 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18653
18654 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18655 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18656
18657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18658
18659 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18660 Display a list of all coding categories.
18661
18662 \(fn)" nil nil)
18663
18664 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18666 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18667
18668 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18671 Display information about FONTSET.
18672 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18673
18674 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display a list of all fontsets.
18678 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18679 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18680 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18681
18682 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18683
18684 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18685 Display information about all input methods.
18686
18687 \(fn)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18691
18692 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18693 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18694 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18695 system which uses fontsets).
18696
18697 \(fn)" t nil)
18698
18699 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18700 Show log of font listing and opening.
18701 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18702 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18703
18704 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18705
18706 ;;;***
18707 \f
18708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21710
18709 ;;;;;; 25547 124569 565000))
18710 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18711
18712 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18713 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18714
18715 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18716 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18717
18718 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18719 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18720
18721 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18724 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18725 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18726 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18727 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18728 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18729 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18730
18731 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18732 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18733 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18734 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18735 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18736 middle of a character in STR.
18737
18738 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18739 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18740
18741 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18742 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18743 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18744 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18745 defaults to \"...\".
18746
18747 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18748
18749 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18750 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18751
18752 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18753 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18754 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18755
18756 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18757 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18758 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18759
18760 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18761 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18762 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18763 are considered.
18764 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18765 longer than KEYSEQ.
18766 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18767
18768 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18771 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18772 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18773 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18774 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18775 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18776 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18777 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18778 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18779 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18780 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18781
18782 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18783
18784 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18785 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18786
18787 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18788
18789 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18790 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18791
18792 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18793
18794 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18795 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18796
18797 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18798
18799 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18800 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18801
18802 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18803
18804 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18805 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18806 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18807 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18808 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18809
18810 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18811 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18812
18813 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18814 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18815 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18816 coding systems ordered by priority.
18817
18818 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18819
18820 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18821
18822 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18823 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18824 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18825 language environment LANG-ENV.
18826
18827 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18830 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18831 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18832 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18833 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18834 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18835
18836 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18837
18838 ;;;***
18839 \f
18840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 25465
18841 ;;;;;; 244934 604000))
18842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18843
18844 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18845 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18846
18847 \(fn)" t nil)
18848
18849 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18850 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18851
18852 \(fn)" t nil)
18853
18854 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18855 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18856
18857 \(fn)" t nil)
18858
18859 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18860 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18861
18862 \(fn)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18865 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18870 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18871
18872 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18875 Ping HOST.
18876 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18877 `ping-program-options'.
18878
18879 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18880
18881 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18882 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18883
18884 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18887 Run nslookup program.
18888
18889 \(fn)" t nil)
18890
18891 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18892 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18893
18894 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18895
18896 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18897 Run dig program.
18898
18899 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18900
18901 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18902 Run ftp program.
18903
18904 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18907 Finger USER on HOST.
18908
18909 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18912 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18913 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18914 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18915
18916 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18919
18920
18921 \(fn)" t nil)
18922
18923 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18924 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18925
18926 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18927
18928 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18929 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18930
18931 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18932
18933 ;;;***
18934 \f
18935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 25465 244934
18936 ;;;;;; 604000))
18937 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18938
18939 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18940 Return a user name/password pair.
18941 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18942 listed in the PORTS list.
18943
18944 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18945
18946 ;;;***
18947 \f
18948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21732
18949 ;;;;;; 22059 428321 608000))
18950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18951
18952 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18953 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18954 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18955 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18956 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18957 closes it.
18958
18959 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18960 make it unique.
18961 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18962 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18963 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18964 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18965 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18966 a port number to connect to.
18967
18968 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18969 values:
18970
18971 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18972 nil or `network'
18973 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18974 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18975 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18976 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18977 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18978 an unencrypted connection.
18979 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18980 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18981 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18982 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18983 returned object is a killed process.
18984 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18985 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18986 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18987
18988 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18989 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18990 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18991 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18992 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18993 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18994 or nil if none could be found.
18995 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18996 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18997
18998 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18999
19000 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19001 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19002 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19003
19004 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19005 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19006 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19007
19008 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19009 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19010 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19011
19012 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19013 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19014 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19015 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19016
19017 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19018 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19019
19020 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19021 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19022 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19023 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19024 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19025 or STARTTLS connections.
19026
19027 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19028 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19029
19030 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19031 a greeting from the server.
19032
19033 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19034 asynchronously, if possible.
19035
19036 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19037
19038 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19039
19040 ;;;***
19041 \f
19042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21710
19043 ;;;;;; 25547 144569 476000))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19045
19046 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19047 Check whether newsticker is running.
19048 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19049 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19050
19051 \(fn)" nil nil)
19052
19053 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19054 Start the newsticker.
19055 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19056 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19057 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19058 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19059
19060 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19061
19062 ;;;***
19063 \f
19064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19065 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 144569 476000))
19066 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19067
19068 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19069 Start newsticker plainview.
19070
19071 \(fn)" t nil)
19072
19073 ;;;***
19074 \f
19075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21710
19076 ;;;;;; 25547 144569 476000))
19077 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19078
19079 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19080 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19081
19082 \(fn)" t nil)
19083
19084 ;;;***
19085 \f
19086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21710
19087 ;;;;;; 25547 145569 472000))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19089
19090 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19091 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19092 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19093 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19094 empty.
19095
19096 \(fn)" nil nil)
19097
19098 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19099 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19100 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19101 running already.
19102
19103 \(fn)" t nil)
19104
19105 ;;;***
19106 \f
19107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21710
19108 ;;;;;; 25547 145569 472000))
19109 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19110
19111 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19112 Start newsticker treeview.
19113
19114 \(fn)" t nil)
19115
19116 ;;;***
19117 \f
19118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21710 25547
19119 ;;;;;; 145569 472000))
19120 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19121 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19122
19123 ;;;***
19124 \f
19125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 25465 185934
19126 ;;;;;; 867000))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19128
19129 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19130 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19131
19132 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19133
19134 ;;;***
19135 \f
19136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 25465 185934
19137 ;;;;;; 867000))
19138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19139
19140 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19141 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19142 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19143 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19144 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19145 symbol in the alist.
19146
19147 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19148
19149 ;;;***
19150 \f
19151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21710 25547
19152 ;;;;;; 114569 610000))
19153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19154
19155 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19156 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19157 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19158
19159 \(fn)" t nil)
19160
19161 ;;;***
19162 \f
19163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 25465 188934 854000))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19165
19166 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19167 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19168
19169 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19170
19171 ;;;***
19172 \f
19173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 25465 254934 560000))
19174 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19175
19176 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19177
19178 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19179 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19180 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19181
19182 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19183
19184
19185 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19186
19187 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19188 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19189 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19190 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19191 to future sessions.
19192
19193 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19194
19195 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19196 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19197 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19198 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19199 future sessions.
19200
19201 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19202
19203 ;;;***
19204 \f
19205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19206 ;;;;;; 25465 352934 123000))
19207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19208
19209 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19210 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19211 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19212 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19213 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19214 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19215
19216 \(fn)" t nil)
19217
19218 ;;;***
19219 \f
19220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21710 25547 146569 467000))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19222 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 25465
19227 ;;;;;; 254934 560000))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19229
19230 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19231 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19232 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19233 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19234
19235 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19236
19237 ;;;***
19238 \f
19239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21710 25547
19240 ;;;;;; 150569 450000))
19241 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19242
19243 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19244 Major mode for editing XML.
19245
19246 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19247 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19248 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19249 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19250 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19251 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19252 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19253
19254 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19255
19256 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19257 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19258
19259 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19260 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19261 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19262 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19263 instead of C-c.
19264
19265 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19266 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19267 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19268 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19269 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19270 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19271
19272 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19273 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19274 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19275
19276 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19277 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19278 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19279
19280 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19281 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19282 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19283 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19284 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19285 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19286 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19287 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19288 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19289
19290 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19291
19292 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19293 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19294
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19296 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19297
19298 ;;;***
19299 \f
19300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 25465
19301 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19303
19304 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19305 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19306 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19307 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19308
19309 \(fn)" t nil)
19310
19311 ;;;***
19312 \f
19313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21710 25547
19314 ;;;;;; 185569 293000))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19316
19317 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19318 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19319
19320 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19321 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19322 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19323 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19324
19325 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19326
19327 Key bindings:
19328 \\{octave-mode-map}
19329
19330 \(fn)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19333 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19334 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19335
19336 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19337
19338 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19339 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19340
19341 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19342 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19343 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19344
19345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19346
19347 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19348
19349 ;;;***
19350 \f
19351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21710 25547
19352 ;;;;;; 185569 293000))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19354
19355 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19356
19357 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19358 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19359 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19360 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19361 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19362
19363 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19364
19365 Customization:
19366
19367 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19368 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19369 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19370 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19371 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19372 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19373 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19374 Directories to search when finding external units.
19375 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19376 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19377
19378 Coloring:
19379
19380 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19381 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19382
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19384
19385 ;;;***
19386 \f
19387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21710 25547 163569 392000))
19388 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19389
19390 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19391 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19392
19393 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19394
19395 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19396 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19397 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19398 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19399 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19400 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19401
19402 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19403
19404 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19405 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19406 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19407 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19408 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19409
19410 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19411
19412 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19413 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19414
19415 \(fn)" nil nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19418 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19419
19420 \(fn)" nil nil)
19421
19422 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19423 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19424 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19425
19426 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19427 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19428 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19429 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19430 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19431 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19432 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19433 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19434 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19435 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19436
19437 The following commands are available:
19438
19439 \\{org-mode-map}
19440
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19442
19443 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19444 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19445
19446 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19447 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19448 in special contexts.
19449
19450 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19451 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19452 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19453 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19454 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19455 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19456 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19457 properties in the buffer.
19458 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19459 including any drawers.
19460
19461 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19462
19463 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19464 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19465 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19466 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19467 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19468 and zoom in further.
19469 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19470 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19471
19472 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19473 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19474 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19475 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19476 times right after creating a new headline.
19477
19478 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19479 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19480 is negative, go up that many levels.
19481
19482 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19483 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19484 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19485
19486 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19487 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19488 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19489 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19490
19491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19492
19493 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19494 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19495 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19496 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19497
19498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19499 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19500
19501 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19502 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19503 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19504 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19505 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19506 defined by Org-mode).
19507
19508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19509
19510 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19511 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19512
19513 \(fn)" nil nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19516 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19517
19518 \(fn)" nil nil)
19519
19520 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19521 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19522 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19523 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19524 call CMD.
19525
19526 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19527
19528 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19529 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19530 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19531 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19532
19533 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19534 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19535 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19536
19537 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19538 part of Org's core.
19539
19540 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19541 active region.
19542
19543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19544
19545 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19546 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19547 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19548
19549 \(fn)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19552 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19553 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19554 Org-mode syntax.
19555
19556 \(fn)" t nil)
19557
19558 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19559 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19560
19561 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19562
19563 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19564 Switch between Org buffers.
19565 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19566 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19567
19568 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19569 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19570
19571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19572
19573 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19574
19575 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19576
19577 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19578 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19579 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19580 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19581
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19583
19584 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19585 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19586
19587 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19588
19589 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19590 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19591 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19592
19593 \(fn)" t nil)
19594
19595 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19596 Reload all org lisp files.
19597 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19598
19599 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19602 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19603
19604 \(fn)" t nil)
19605
19606 ;;;***
19607 \f
19608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 25465
19609 ;;;;;; 277934 457000))
19610 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19611
19612 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19613 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19614
19615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19618 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19619 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19620 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19621
19622 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19623 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19624 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19625 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19626 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19627 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19628 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19629 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19630 e Export views to associated files.
19631 s Search entries for keywords.
19632 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19633 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19634 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19635 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19636 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19637 > Remove a previous restriction.
19638 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19639 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19640 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19641
19642 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19643 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19644 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19645
19646 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19647 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19648 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19649 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19650 \(if active).
19651
19652 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19655 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19656 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19657 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19658 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19659 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19660 before running the agenda command.
19661
19662 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19663
19664 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19665 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19666 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19667 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19668 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19669 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19670 before running the agenda command.
19671
19672 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19673 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19674
19675 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19676
19677 category The category of the item
19678 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19679 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19680 todo selected in TODO match
19681 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19682 diary imported from diary
19683 deadline a deadline on given date
19684 scheduled scheduled on given date
19685 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19686 closed entry was closed on given date
19687 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19688 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19689 block entry has date block including g. date
19690 todo The todo keyword, if any
19691 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19692 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19693 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19694 extra Sting with extra planning info
19695 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19696 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19697 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19698
19699 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19700
19701 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19702 Store agenda views.
19703
19704 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19705
19706 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19707 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19708
19709 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19712 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19713 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19714 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19715
19716 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19717 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19718 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19719
19720 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19721 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19722
19723 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19724 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19725
19726 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19727
19728 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19729 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19730
19731 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19732 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19733 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19734 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19735 EDIT-AT.
19736
19737 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19738 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19739 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19740 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19741 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19742 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19743
19744 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19745 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19746 including newlines.
19747
19748 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19749 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19750 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19751 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19752 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19753 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19754 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19755
19756 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19757 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19758 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19759 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19760
19761 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19762 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19763 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19764 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19765 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19766 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19767 Boolean search must match as full words.
19768
19769 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19770 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19771
19772 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19775 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19776 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19777 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19778 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19779 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19780
19781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19782
19783 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19784 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19785 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19786
19787 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19788
19789 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19790 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19791 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19792 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19793 `org-stuck-projects'.
19794
19795 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19796
19797 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19798 Return diary information from org files.
19799 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19800 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19801 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19802 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19803 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19804
19805 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19806
19807 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19808
19809 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19810 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19811
19812 &%%(org-diary)
19813
19814 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19815 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19816 So the example above may also be written as
19817
19818 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19819
19820 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19821 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19822 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19823
19824 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19827 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19828
19829 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19832 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19833 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19834 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19835 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19836
19837 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19838
19839 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19840 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19841 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19842
19843 \(fn)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19846 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19847 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19848 appointments.
19849
19850 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19851 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19852
19853 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19854 for filtering entries out.
19855
19856 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19857 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19858 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19859
19860 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19861 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19862
19863 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19864 (category \"Work\"))
19865
19866 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19867 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19868
19869 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19870 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19871 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19872 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19873 details and examples.
19874
19875 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19876 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19877
19878 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19879
19880 ;;;***
19881 \f
19882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 25465
19883 ;;;;;; 278934 453000))
19884 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19885
19886 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19887 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19888
19889 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19892 Capture something.
19893 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19894 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19895 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19896 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19897 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19898 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19899
19900 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19901 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19902 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19903 stored.
19904
19905 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19906
19907 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19908 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19909 will be bypassed.
19910
19911 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19912 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19913 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19914 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19915
19916 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19917
19918 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19919 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19920
19921 \(fn)" t nil)
19922
19923 ;;;***
19924 \f
19925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 25465
19926 ;;;;;; 278934 453000))
19927 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19928
19929 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19930 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19931
19932 \(fn)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19935
19936
19937 \(fn)" nil nil)
19938
19939 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19940 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19941 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19942
19943 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19946 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19947
19948 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19949
19950 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19951 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19952
19953 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19954
19955 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19956 Write the column view table.
19957 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19958
19959 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19960 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19961 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19962 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19963 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19964 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19965 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19966 using `org-id-find'.
19967 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19968 a hline before each level <= that number.
19969 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19970 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19971 :skip-empty-rows
19972 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19973 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19974
19975 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19978 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19979
19980 \(fn)" t nil)
19981
19982 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19983 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19984
19985 \(fn)" t nil)
19986
19987 ;;;***
19988 \f
19989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21710 25547
19990 ;;;;;; 157569 418000))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19992
19993 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19994 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19995
19996 \(fn)" nil t)
19997
19998 ;;;***
19999 \f
20000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 25465 281934
20001 ;;;;;; 439000))
20002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20003
20004 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20005 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20006
20007 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20008
20009 ;;;***
20010 \f
20011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21710 25465
20012 ;;;;;; 284934 426000))
20013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20016 The release version of org-mode.
20017 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20018
20019 \(fn)" nil nil)
20020
20021 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20022 The Git version of org-mode.
20023 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20024
20025 \(fn)" nil nil)
20026
20027 ;;;***
20028 \f
20029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21710 25547 165569
20030 ;;;;;; 382000))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20032 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20033 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20034
20035 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20036 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20037 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20038 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20039
20040 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20041 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20042 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20043 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20044
20045 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20046 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20047 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20048 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20049 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20050 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20051
20052 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20053 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20054 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20055
20056 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20057 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20058 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20059 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20060 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20061 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20062 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20063 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20064 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20065 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20066 The subheadings remain visible.
20067 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20068
20069 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20070 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20071 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20072
20073 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20074 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20075
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20077
20078 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20079 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20083
20084 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20085
20086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20087 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20088
20089 ;;;***
20090 \f
20091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21710 25547
20092 ;;;;;; 84569 744000))
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20094 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20095
20096 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20097 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20098 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20099 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20100 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20101
20102 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20103 activate the package system at any time.")
20104
20105 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20106
20107 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20108 Install the package PKG.
20109 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20110 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20111
20112 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20113
20114 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20115 Install a package from the current buffer.
20116 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20117 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20118 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20119
20120 \(fn)" t nil)
20121
20122 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20123 Install a package from a file.
20124 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20125
20126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20127
20128 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20129 Import keys from FILE.
20130
20131 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20132
20133 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20134 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20135 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20136 makes them available for download.
20137
20138 \(fn)" t nil)
20139
20140 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20141 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20142 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20143 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20144
20145 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20146
20147 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20148 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20149
20150 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20151
20152 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20153 Display a list of packages.
20154 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20155 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20156 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20159
20160 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20161
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21710 25547 165569 382000))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20166
20167 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20168 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20169 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20172 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20173
20174 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20175
20176 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20177 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20181
20182 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20183 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20184 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20185
20186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20187
20188 ;;;***
20189 \f
20190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21710
20191 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20193 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20194
20195 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20196 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20197 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20198 unknown are returned as nil.
20199
20200 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20201
20202 ;;;***
20203 \f
20204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 25465
20205 ;;;;;; 323934 252000))
20206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20207
20208 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20209 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20210 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20211
20212 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20213 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20214
20215 Other useful functions are:
20216
20217 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20218 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20219 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20220 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20221 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20222 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20223 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20224 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20225 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20226
20227 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20228
20229 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20230 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20231 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20232 Indentation for case statements.
20233 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20234 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20235 mark after an end.
20236 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20237 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20238 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20239 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20240 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20241 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20242 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20243 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20244 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20245 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20246
20247 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20248 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20249
20250 \(fn)" t nil)
20251
20252 ;;;***
20253 \f
20254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20255 ;;;;;; 25465 293934 386000))
20256 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20257
20258 (defvar password-cache t "\
20259 Whether to cache passwords.")
20260
20261 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20262
20263 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20264 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20265 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20266
20267 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20268
20269 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20270 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20271
20272 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20273
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21710 25547
20277 ;;;;;; 84569 744000))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20279
20280 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20281 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20282 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20283
20284 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20285 _ matches anything.
20286 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20287 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20288 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20289 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20290 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20291 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20292 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20293 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20294 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20295 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20296
20297 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20298 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20299 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20300 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20301 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20302 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20303
20304 PRED can take the form
20305 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20306 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20307 which is the value being matched.
20308 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20309 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20310 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20311 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20312 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20313
20314 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20315
20316 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20317
20318 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20319 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20320 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20321 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20322
20323 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20324
20325 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20326
20327 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20328 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20329 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20330 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20331
20332 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20333
20334 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20335
20336 ;;;***
20337 \f
20338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 25465 293934
20339 ;;;;;; 386000))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20341
20342 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20343 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20344
20345 \(fn)" nil nil)
20346
20347 ;;;***
20348 \f
20349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21710 25547 165569
20350 ;;;;;; 382000))
20351 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20352
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20354 Completion for `gzip'.
20355
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20357
20358 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20359 Completion for `bzip2'.
20360
20361 \(fn)" nil nil)
20362
20363 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20364 Completion for GNU `make'.
20365
20366 \(fn)" nil nil)
20367
20368 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20369 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20370
20371 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372
20373 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20374
20375 ;;;***
20376 \f
20377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 25465
20378 ;;;;;; 293934 386000))
20379 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20380
20381 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20382 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20383
20384 \(fn)" nil nil)
20385
20386 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20387 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20388
20389 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390
20391 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20392 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20393
20394 \(fn)" nil nil)
20395
20396 ;;;***
20397 \f
20398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 25465 293934
20399 ;;;;;; 386000))
20400 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20401
20402 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20403 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20404
20405 \(fn)" nil nil)
20406
20407 ;;;***
20408 \f
20409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 25465 293934
20410 ;;;;;; 386000))
20411 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20412
20413 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20414 Completion for `cd'.
20415
20416 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417
20418 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20419
20420 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20421 Completion for `rmdir'.
20422
20423 \(fn)" nil nil)
20424
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20426 Completion for `rm'.
20427
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20431 Completion for `xargs'.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20436
20437 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20438 Completion for `which'.
20439
20440 \(fn)" nil nil)
20441
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20443 Completion for the `chown' command.
20444
20445 \(fn)" nil nil)
20446
20447 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20448 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20449
20450 \(fn)" nil nil)
20451
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20453 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20454
20455 \(fn)" nil nil)
20456
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20458 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20459 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20460
20461 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462
20463 ;;;***
20464 \f
20465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 25465 293934
20466 ;;;;;; 386000))
20467 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20468
20469 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20470 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20471
20472 \(fn)" nil nil)
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20475 Completion for the `ack' command.
20476 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20477 long options.
20478
20479 \(fn)" nil nil)
20480
20481 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20484 Completion for the `ag' command.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 ;;;***
20489 \f
20490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 25465 293934
20491 ;;;;;; 386000))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20493
20494 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20495 Support extensible programmable completion.
20496 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20497 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20498
20499 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20500
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20502 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20503
20504 \(fn)" t nil)
20505
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20507 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20508 This will modify the current buffer.
20509
20510 \(fn)" t nil)
20511
20512 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20513 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20514
20515 \(fn)" t nil)
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20518 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20519 This will modify the current buffer.
20520
20521 \(fn)" t nil)
20522
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20524 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20525
20526 \(fn)" t nil)
20527
20528 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20529 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20530
20531 \(fn)" t nil)
20532
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20534 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20535 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20536 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20537 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20538
20539 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20542 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 ;;;***
20547 \f
20548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 25465 371934 38000))
20549 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20550
20551 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20552 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20553 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20554 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20555
20556 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20557
20558 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20559
20560 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20561 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20562 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20563 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20564 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20565 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20566 FLAGS is ignored.
20567
20568 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20571 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20572 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20573 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20574 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20575 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20576 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20577 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20578
20579 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20582 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20583 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20584 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20585 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20586 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20587 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20588 passed to cvs.
20589
20590 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20591
20592 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20593 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20594 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20595 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20596 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20597 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20598 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20599
20600 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20601
20602 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20603 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20604 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20605
20606 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20607
20608 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20609 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20610 A value of nil means never do it.
20611 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20612 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20613 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20614
20615 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20616
20617 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20618 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20619 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20620
20621 ;;;***
20622 \f
20623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 25465
20624 ;;;;;; 370934 43000))
20625 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20626
20627 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20628 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20629
20630 ;;;***
20631 \f
20632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21710
20633 ;;;;;; 25547 185569 293000))
20634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20635 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20636 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20637 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20638 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20639 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20640 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20641
20642 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20643 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20644 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20645 Tab indents for Perl code.
20646 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20647 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20648 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20649 \\{perl-mode-map}
20650 Variables controlling indentation style:
20651 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20652 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20653 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20654 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20655 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20656 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20657 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20658 `perl-nochange'
20659 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20660 `perl-indent-level'
20661 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20662 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20663 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20664 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20665 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20666 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20667 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20668 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20669 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20670 `perl-brace-offset'
20671 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20672 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20673 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20674 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20675 `perl-label-offset'
20676 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20677 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20678 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20679
20680 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20681 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20682 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20683 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20684 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20685 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20686 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20687
20688 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20689
20690 \(fn)" t nil)
20691
20692 ;;;***
20693 \f
20694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 25465
20695 ;;;;;; 352934 123000))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20697
20698 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20699 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20700 \\<picture-mode-map>
20701 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20702 afterwards settable by these commands:
20703
20704 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20705 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20706 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20707 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20708
20709 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20710 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20711 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20712 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20713
20714 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20715 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20716 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20717 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20718
20719 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20720 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20721 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20722 with these commands:
20723
20724 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20725 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20726 Move to column following last
20727 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20728 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20729 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20730 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20731 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20732 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20733
20734 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20735
20736 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20737 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20738 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20739 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20740 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20741 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20742
20743 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20744 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20745 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20746 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20747 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20748 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20749 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20750
20751 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20752 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20753 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20754 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20755 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20756 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20757 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20758 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20759
20760 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20761 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20762 by supplying an argument.
20763
20764 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20765
20766 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20767 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20768
20769 \(fn)" t nil)
20770
20771 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20772
20773 ;;;***
20774 \f
20775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21710 25465 190934
20776 ;;;;;; 845000))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20778
20779 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20780 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20781
20782 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20785 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20786
20787 \(fn)" t nil)
20788
20789 ;;;***
20790 \f
20791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 25465 352934
20792 ;;;;;; 123000))
20793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20794
20795 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20796 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20797 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20798
20799 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20800
20801 ;;;***
20802 \f
20803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
20804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20805
20806 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20807 Play pong and waste time.
20808 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20809 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20810
20811 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20812
20813 \\{pong-mode-map}
20814
20815 \(fn)" t nil)
20816
20817 ;;;***
20818 \f
20819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21710 25547 117569 596000))
20820 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20821
20822 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20823 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20824 Use streaming commands.
20825
20826 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20827
20828 ;;;***
20829 \f
20830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21710 25547 84569
20831 ;;;;;; 744000))
20832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20833
20834 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20835 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20836 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20837 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20838
20839 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20840
20841 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20842 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20843
20844 \(fn)" nil nil)
20845
20846 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20847 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20848 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20849 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20850 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20851
20852 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20853
20854 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20855 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20856 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20857
20858 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20859
20860 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20861 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20862
20863 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20864
20865 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20866 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20867 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20868 Ignores leading comment characters.
20869
20870 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20871
20872 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20873 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20874 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20875 Ignores leading comment characters.
20876
20877 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20878
20879 ;;;***
20880 \f
20881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21710 25547 168569
20882 ;;;;;; 369000))
20883 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20884 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20885
20886 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20887 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20888
20889 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20890
20891 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20892
20893 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20894
20895 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20896 Preview directory using ghostview.
20897
20898 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20899 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20900 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20901 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20902
20903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20904 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20905 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20906 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20907 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20908 file name.
20909
20910 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20911
20912 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20915 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20916
20917 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20918 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20919 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20920 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20921
20922 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20923 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20924 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20925 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20926 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20927 file name.
20928
20929 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20930
20931 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20932
20933 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20934 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20935
20936 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20937 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20938 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20939 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20940
20941 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20942 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20943 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20944 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20945 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20946 file name.
20947
20948 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20949
20950 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20953 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20954
20955 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20956
20957 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20958 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20959 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20960 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20961
20962 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20963 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20964 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20965 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20966 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20967 file name.
20968
20969 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20970
20971 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20974 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20975
20976 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20977 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20978 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979
20980 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20981 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20982 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20983 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20984
20985 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20986
20987 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20988 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20989
20990 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20991 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20992 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20993
20994 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20995 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20996 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20997 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20998
20999 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21002 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21003
21004 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21005 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21006 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21007
21008 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21009 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21010 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21011 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21012
21013 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21016 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21017
21018 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21019
21020 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21021 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21022 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21023
21024 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21025 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21026 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21027 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21028
21029 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21032 Preview region using ghostview.
21033
21034 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21035
21036 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21037
21038 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21039 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21040
21041 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21046 Print region using PostScript printer.
21047
21048 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21049
21050 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21051
21052 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21053 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21054
21055 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21056
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21060 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21061
21062 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21063
21064 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21067 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21068
21069 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21070
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21074 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21075
21076 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21077
21078 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21079
21080 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21081 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21082
21083 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21084
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21088 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21089 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21090 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21091
21092 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21093 matching.
21094
21095 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21096 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21097
21098 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21099
21100 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21103 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21104 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21105 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21106
21107 \(fn)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21110 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21111 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21112 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21113
21114 \(fn)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21117 Print directory using text printer.
21118
21119 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21120 matching.
21121
21122 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21123 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21124
21125 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21126
21127 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21128
21129 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21130 Print buffer using text printer.
21131
21132 \(fn)" t nil)
21133
21134 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21135 Print region using text printer.
21136
21137 \(fn)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21140 Print major mode using text printer.
21141
21142 \(fn)" t nil)
21143
21144 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21145 Preview spooled PostScript.
21146
21147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21149 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21150
21151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21152 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21153 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21154
21155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21158 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21159
21160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21161 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21162 instead of sending it to the printer.
21163
21164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21166 image in a file with that name.
21167
21168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21171 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21172
21173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21174 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21175 instead of sending it to the printer.
21176
21177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21179 image in a file with that name.
21180
21181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21184 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21185
21186 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21187 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21188 instead of sending it to the printer.
21189
21190 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21191 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21192 image in a file with that name.
21193
21194 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21197 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21198
21199 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21202 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21203
21204 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21207 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21208
21209 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21212 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21213
21214 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21217 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21218
21219 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21220
21221 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21222 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21223
21224 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21225 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21226 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21227 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21228
21229 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21230 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21231 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21232 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21233 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21234 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21235 file name.
21236
21237 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21240 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21241
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21245 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21246
21247 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21248 right.
21249 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21250 bottom.
21251
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21255 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21256
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21260 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21265 Toggle printing with faces.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21270 Toggle spooling.
21271
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21275 Toggle duplex.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21280 Toggle tumble.
21281
21282 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21283 right.
21284 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21285 bottom.
21286
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21290 Toggle landscape.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21295 Toggle upside-down.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21300 Toggle line number.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21305 Toggle zebra stripes.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21310 Toggle printing header.
21311
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21315 Toggle printing header frame.
21316
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21320 Toggle menu lock.
21321
21322 \(fn)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21325 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21330 Toggle auto mode.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21335 Customization of the `printing' group.
21336
21337 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21340 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21341
21342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21345 Help for the printing package.
21346
21347 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21350 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21351
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21355 Interactively select a text printer.
21356
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21360 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21361
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21363
21364 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21365 Show current ps-print settings.
21366
21367 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21368
21369 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21370 Show current printing settings.
21371
21372 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21375 Show current lpr settings.
21376
21377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21378
21379 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21380 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21381
21382 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21383 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21384 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21385 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21386
21387
21388 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21389
21390 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21391 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21392 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21393
21394 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21395 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21396 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21397 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21398 current active printer.
21399
21400 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21401 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21402 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21403 printer.
21404
21405 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21406 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21407 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21408 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21409 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21410
21411
21412 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21413 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21414
21415 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21416
21417 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21418 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21419 be done using the new current active printer.
21420
21421 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21422 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21423 printer.
21424
21425 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21426 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21427 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21428 instead of sending it to the printer.
21429
21430 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21431 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21432 printer.
21433
21434 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21435
21436
21437 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21438 are both set to t.
21439
21440 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21443 Fast fire function for text printing.
21444
21445 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21446 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21447 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21448 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21449
21450 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21451 user for a new active text printer.
21452
21453 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21454
21455 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21456
21457 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21458 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21459 printer.
21460
21461 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21462
21463 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21464 are both set to t.
21465
21466 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21467
21468 ;;;***
21469 \f
21470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21710 25547 168569 369000))
21471 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21472
21473 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21474 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21475 \\<proced-mode-map>
21476 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21477 the process information.
21478
21479 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21480
21481 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21482 Proced buffers.
21483
21484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21485
21486 ;;;***
21487 \f
21488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 25465 299934
21489 ;;;;;; 359000))
21490 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21491
21492 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21493 Start/restart profilers.
21494 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21495 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21496 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21497
21498 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21501 Open profile FILENAME.
21502
21503 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21506 Open profile FILENAME.
21507
21508 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21509
21510 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21511 Open profile FILENAME.
21512
21513 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514
21515 ;;;***
21516 \f
21517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21710 25547
21518 ;;;;;; 186569 289000))
21519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21520
21521 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21522 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21523
21524 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21525 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21526
21527 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21528
21529 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21530 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21531
21532 Commands:
21533 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21534
21535 \(fn)" t nil)
21536
21537 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21538 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21539 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21540
21541 \(fn)" t nil)
21542
21543 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21544 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21545 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21546
21547 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21548
21549 ;;;***
21550 \f
21551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 25465 334934 203000))
21552 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21553
21554 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21555 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21556 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21557
21558 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21559
21560 ;;;***
21561 \f
21562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21710 25547
21563 ;;;;;; 186569 289000))
21564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21565 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21566
21567 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21568 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21569
21570 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21571
21572 The following variables hold user options, and can
21573 be set through the `customize' command:
21574
21575 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21576 `ps-mode-tab'
21577 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21578 `ps-mode-print-function'
21579 `ps-run-prompt'
21580 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21581 `ps-run-x'
21582 `ps-run-dumb'
21583 `ps-run-init'
21584 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21585 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21586
21587 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21588
21589
21590 \\{ps-mode-map}
21591
21592
21593 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21594 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21595 The keymap for this second window is:
21596
21597 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21598
21599
21600 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21601 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21602 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21603 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21604 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21605
21606 \(fn)" t nil)
21607
21608 ;;;***
21609 \f
21610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21710 25547 197569
21611 ;;;;;; 240000))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21613 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21614
21615 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21616 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21617 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21618
21619 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21620
21621 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21622 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21623 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21624 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21625
21626 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21627
21628 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21629 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21630
21631 Valid values are:
21632
21633 nil Do not print colors.
21634
21635 t Print colors.
21636
21637 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21638 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21639
21640 Any other value is treated as t.")
21641
21642 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21643
21644 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21645 Customization of ps-print group.
21646
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21650 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21651
21652 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21653 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21654 sending it to the printer.
21655
21656 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21657 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21658 image in a file with that name.
21659
21660 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21661
21662 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21663 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21664 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21665 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21666 so it has a way to determine color values.
21667
21668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21669
21670 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21671 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21672 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21673
21674 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21677 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21678 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21679 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21680 so it has a way to determine color values.
21681
21682 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21683
21684 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21685 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21686 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21687 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21688
21689 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21690
21691 \(fn)" t nil)
21692
21693 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21694 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21695 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21696 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21697 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21698
21699 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21700
21701 \(fn)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21704 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21705 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21706
21707 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21708
21709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21710
21711 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21712 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21713 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21714 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21715 so it has a way to determine color values.
21716
21717 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21718
21719 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21722 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21723
21724 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21725 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21726 instead of sending it to the printer.
21727
21728 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21729 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21730 image in a file with that name.
21731
21732 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21735 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21736 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21737 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21738 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21739
21740 \(fn)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21743 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21744 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21745
21746 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21749 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21750 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21751
21752 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21755 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21756
21757 \(fn)" nil nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21760 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21761
21762 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21763 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21764
21765 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21766 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21767
21768 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21769
21770 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21771
21772 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21775 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21776
21777 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21778 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21779
21780 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21781 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21782
21783 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21784
21785 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21786
21787 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21788
21789 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21790 foreground and background colors respectively.
21791
21792 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21793 bold - use bold font.
21794 italic - use italic font.
21795 underline - put a line under text.
21796 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21797 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21798 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21799 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21800 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21801
21802 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21803
21804 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21805
21806 ;;;***
21807 \f
21808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21710 25547 64569
21809 ;;;;;; 833000))
21810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21811 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21812
21813 ;;;***
21814 \f
21815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21756 23917
21816 ;;;;;; 646125 381000))
21817 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21818 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21819
21820 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21821
21822 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21823
21824 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21825 Run an inferior Python process.
21826 Input and output via buffer named after
21827 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21828 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21829
21830 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21831 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21832 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21833 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21834
21835 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21836 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21837 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21838
21839 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21842 Major mode for editing Python files.
21843
21844 \\{python-mode-map}
21845
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21847
21848 ;;;***
21849 \f
21850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 25465 190934 845000))
21851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21852
21853 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21854 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21855 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21856 coding-system.
21857
21858 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21859 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21860
21861 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21862 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21863 them into characters should be done separately.
21864
21865 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21866
21867 ;;;***
21868 \f
21869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21710 25547
21870 ;;;;;; 125569 561000))
21871 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21872
21873 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21874 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21875
21876 \(fn)" nil nil)
21877
21878 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21879 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21880 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21881
21882 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21883 `quail-activate', which see.
21884
21885 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21886
21887 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21888 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21889 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21890 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21891 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21892 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21893 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21894
21895 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21896 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21897 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21898 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21899 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21900 shown.
21901 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21902
21903 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21904 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21905 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21906 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21907 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21908 list of candidates.
21909
21910 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21911 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21912 command to be called.
21913
21914 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21915 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21916 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21917 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21918
21919 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21920 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21921 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21922 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21923 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21924 to t.
21925
21926 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21927 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21928 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21929 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21930
21931 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21932 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21933 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21934 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21935 defines no translations for single character keys.
21936
21937 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21938 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21939 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21940 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21941 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21942 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21943
21944 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21945 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21946 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21947 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21948 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21949 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21950
21951 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21952 covers Quail translation region.
21953
21954 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21955 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21956 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21957 for it) is inserted.
21958
21959 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21960 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21961 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21962
21963 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21964 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21965 non-Quail commands.
21966
21967 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21968
21969 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21970 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21971
21972 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21973 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21974 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21975 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21976 you type is correctly handled.
21977
21978 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21979
21980 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21981 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21982
21983 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21984 keyboard type.
21985
21986 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21987
21988 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21989 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21990 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21991 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21992 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21993 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21994 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21995 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21996 for the translation.
21997 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21998
21999 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22000 it is used to handle KEY.
22001
22002 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22003 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22004 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22005 the following annotation types are supported.
22006
22007 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22008 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22009
22010 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22011 candidate list.
22012
22013 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22014 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22015 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22016 inserted.
22017
22018 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22019 generated for the following translations.
22020
22021 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22022
22023 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22024 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22025
22026 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22027 which to install MAP.
22028
22029 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22030
22031 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22032
22033 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22034 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22035
22036 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22037 which to install MAP.
22038
22039 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22040
22041 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22042
22043 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22044 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22045 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22046 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22047 a function, or a cons.
22048 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22049 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22050 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22051 for the translation.
22052 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22053 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22054 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22055 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22056 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22057
22058 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22059 it is used to handle KEY.
22060
22061 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22062 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22063 current Quail package.
22064
22065 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22066 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22067
22068 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22069
22070 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22071 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22072
22073 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22074 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22075
22076 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22077
22078 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22079 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22080
22081 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22082
22083 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22084 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22085 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22086 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22087 of the Emacs source tree.
22088
22089 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22090 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22091
22092 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22093 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22094 of each directory.
22095
22096 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22097
22098 ;;;***
22099 \f
22100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21710
22101 ;;;;;; 25465 220934 711000))
22102 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22103
22104 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22105 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22106 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22107 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22108
22109 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22110
22111 ;;;***
22112 \f
22113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22114 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 223934 698000))
22115 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22116
22117 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22118 Activate UCS input method.
22119 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22120
22121 While this input method is active, the variable
22122 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22123
22124 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22125
22126 ;;;***
22127 \f
22128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 25465 247934
22129 ;;;;;; 591000))
22130 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22131
22132 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22133 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22134 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22135 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22136
22137 To make use of this do something like:
22138
22139 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22140
22141 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22142
22143 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22144 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22145
22146 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22147 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22148 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22149
22150 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22151
22152 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22153 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22154
22155 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22156
22157 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22158 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22159
22160 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22161 is decided.
22162
22163 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22164
22165 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22166 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22167
22168 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22169 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22170 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22171
22172 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22173
22174 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22175 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22176
22177 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22178
22179 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22180 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22181
22182 \(fn)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22185 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22186
22187 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22188
22189 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22190
22191 \(fn)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22194 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22195
22196 \(fn)" t nil)
22197
22198 ;;;***
22199 \f
22200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21710 25547 146569
22201 ;;;;;; 467000))
22202 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22203
22204 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22205 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22206
22207 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22208
22209 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22210
22211 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22212
22213 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22214
22215 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22216
22217
22218 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22219
22220 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22221 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22222 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22225 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22226
22227 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22228
22229 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22230 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22232 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22233 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22234
22235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22236
22237 ;;;***
22238 \f
22239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22240 ;;;;;; 25465 135935 90000))
22241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22242
22243 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22244
22245 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22246 Construct a regexp interactively.
22247 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22248 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22249 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22250
22251 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22252 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22253
22254 \(fn)" t nil)
22255
22256 ;;;***
22257 \f
22258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 25465 336934
22259 ;;;;;; 194000))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22261
22262 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22263 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22264 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22265 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22266 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22267 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22268
22269 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22270
22271 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22272 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22273 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22274 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22275 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22276
22277 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22278 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22279 were operated on recently.
22280
22281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22282
22283 ;;;***
22284 \f
22285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21710 25547 197569 240000))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22287
22288 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22289 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22290 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22291 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22292 ends.
22293
22294 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22295 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22296 to be deleted.
22297
22298 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22301 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22302 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22303
22304 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22305 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22306 deleted.
22307
22308 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22309
22310 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22311 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22312 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22313
22314 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22317 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22318
22319 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22320 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22321
22322 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22323 deleted.
22324
22325 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22326 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22327 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22328 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22329 even beep.)
22330
22331 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22332
22333 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22334 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22335
22336 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22337
22338 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22340
22341 \(fn)" t nil)
22342
22343 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22344 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22345 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22346 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22347 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22348 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22349 and point is at the lower right corner.
22350
22351 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22352
22353 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22354 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22355
22356 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22357 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22358
22359 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22360 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22361 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22362
22363 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22364
22365 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22366
22367 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22368 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22369 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22370 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22371 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22372
22373 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22374 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22375
22376 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22379 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22380 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22381
22382 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22383
22384 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22385
22386 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22387
22388 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22389 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22390
22391 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22392 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22393 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22394
22395 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22396
22397 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22399 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22400
22401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22402 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22403 rectangle which were empty.
22404
22405 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22408 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22409
22410 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22411 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22412 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22413 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22414
22415 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22418 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22419 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22420
22421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22422
22423 ;;;***
22424 \f
22425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 25465
22426 ;;;;;; 353934 118000))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22428
22429 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22430 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22432 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22433 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22434
22435 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22436 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22437 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22438 auto-filling.
22439
22440 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22441
22442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22443
22444 ;;;***
22445 \f
22446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21710 25547
22447 ;;;;;; 212569 173000))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22449
22450 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22451 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22452
22453 \(fn)" nil nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22456 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22457
22458 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22459 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22460
22461 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22462 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22463 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22464 \\ref macro.
22465
22466 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22467 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22468 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22469
22470 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22471 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22472 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22473
22474 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22475 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22476
22477 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22478 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22479
22480 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22481 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22482 on the menu bar.
22483
22484 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22485
22486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22489 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22490 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22491
22492 \(fn)" nil nil)
22493
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21710
22497 ;;;;;; 25547 209569 186000))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22499
22500 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22501 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22502 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22503 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22504 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22505 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22506
22507 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22508
22509 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22510
22511 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22512 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22513 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22514 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22515 `reftex-cite-format'.
22516
22517 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22518 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22519 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22520 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22521
22522 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22523
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22527 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 209569 186000))
22528 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22529
22530 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22531 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22532 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22533 the current TeX document.
22534
22535 With no argument, this command toggles
22536 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22537 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22538
22539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22540
22541 ;;;***
22542 \f
22543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22544 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 210569 182000))
22545 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22546
22547 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22548 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22549 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22550
22551 To insert new phrases, use
22552 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22553 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22554
22555 To index phrases use one of:
22556
22557 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22558 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22559 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22560 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22561 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22562
22563 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22564 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22565
22566 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22567
22568 Here are all local bindings.
22569
22570 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22571
22572 \(fn)" t nil)
22573
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22577 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 210569 182000))
22578 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22579
22580 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22581 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22582 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22583 of master file.
22584
22585 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22586
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21710
22590 ;;;;;; 25547 211569 177000))
22591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22592 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22593 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22594 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22595 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22596
22597 ;;;***
22598 \f
22599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21710
22600 ;;;;;; 25547 84569 744000))
22601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22602
22603 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22604 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22605 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22606 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22607 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22608 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22609
22610 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22611 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22612
22613 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22614 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22615 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22616 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22617
22618 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22619
22620 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22621 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22622 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22623 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22624
22625 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22626
22627 ;;;***
22628 \f
22629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 25465 136935
22630 ;;;;;; 86000))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22632 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22633
22634 ;;;***
22635 \f
22636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21710 25547
22637 ;;;;;; 213569 169000))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22639 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22640
22641 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22642 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22643 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22644 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22645
22646 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22647
22648 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22649
22650 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22651 Call `remember' in another frame.
22652
22653 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22656 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22657 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22658
22659 \(fn)" t nil)
22660
22661 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22662 Extract diary entries from the region.
22663
22664 \(fn)" nil nil)
22665
22666 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22667 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22668 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22669 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22670
22671 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22672
22673 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22674 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22675 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22676 minor mode.
22677
22678 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22679
22680 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22681 Return the buffer.
22682
22683 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22684 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22685 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22686
22687 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22688
22689 ;;;***
22690 \f
22691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 25465 336934 194000))
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22693 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22694
22695 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22696 Repeat most recently executed command.
22697 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22698 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22699 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22700
22701 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22702 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22703 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22704 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22705
22706 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22707 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22708 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22709
22710 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22711
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 25465
22715 ;;;;;; 226934 684000))
22716 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22717
22718 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22719 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22720
22721 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22722 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22723 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22724 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22725 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22726 and point is left after the salutation.
22727
22728 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22729 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22730 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22731 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22732 left after that text.
22733
22734 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22735 is non-nil.
22736
22737 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22738 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22739 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22740 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22741
22742 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22743
22744 ;;;***
22745 \f
22746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 25465 337934
22747 ;;;;;; 190000))
22748 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22749
22750 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22751 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22752 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22753 visibility of comments that precede it.
22754 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22755 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22756 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22757 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22758 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22759 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22760 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22761 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22762 the comment lines.
22763 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22764 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22765 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22766 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22767 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22768
22769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22770
22771 ;;;***
22772 \f
22773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21710 25547 197569 240000))
22774 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22775
22776 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22777 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22780 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22781
22782 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22783 reveals invisible text around point.
22784
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786
22787 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22788 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22789 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22792 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22793
22794 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22795
22796 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22797 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22798 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22799
22800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22803
22804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 25465 136935
22809 ;;;;;; 86000))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22811
22812 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22813 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22814
22815 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22816
22817 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22818 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22819
22820 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22821
22822 ;;;***
22823 \f
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 25465 247934
22825 ;;;;;; 591000))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22827
22828 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22829 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22830 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22831 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22832
22833 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22834
22835 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22836 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22837 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22838 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22839
22840 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22841 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22842
22843 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22844 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22845
22846 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22847 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22848 INPUT-ARGS.
22849
22850 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22851 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22852 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22853 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22854 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22855
22856 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22857 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22858 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22859 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22860
22861 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22862 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22863 variable.
22864
22865 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22866
22867 ;;;***
22868 \f
22869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21710 25547 135569
22870 ;;;;;; 516000))
22871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22872
22873 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22874 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22875
22876 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22877
22878 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22879
22880 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22881 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22882 Its name should end with a slash.")
22883
22884 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22885 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22886
22887 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22888 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22889 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22890
22891 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22892
22893 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22894 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22895 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22896 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22897 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22898 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22899 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22900
22901 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22902 sent by you under different user names.
22903 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22904
22905 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22906
22907 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22908
22909 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22910
22911 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22912 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22913 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22914 explicitly.")
22915
22916 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22917
22918 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22919 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22920 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22921 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22922 which normally happens once for each message,
22923 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22924 To make a change in this variable take effect
22925 for a message that you have already viewed,
22926 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22927
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22929
22930 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22931 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22932 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22933 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22934
22935 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22936
22937 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22938 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22939
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22943 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22944 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22945
22946 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22949 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22950 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22951 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22952 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22953 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22954
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22956
22957 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22958 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22959
22960 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22963 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22966
22967 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22968 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22971 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22972
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22974
22975 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22976 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22977
22978 This is set to nil by default.")
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22981 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22982 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22983 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22984 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22985 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22986 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22987
22988 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22989 Read and edit incoming mail.
22990 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22991 file in RMAIL Mode.
22992 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22993
22994 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22995 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22996 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22997 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22998
22999 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23000
23001 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23002
23003 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23004 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23005 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23006 Instead, these commands are available:
23007
23008 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23009 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23010 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23011 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23012 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23013 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23014 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23015 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23016 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23017 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23018 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23019 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23020 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23021 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23022 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23023 till a deleted message is found.
23024 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23025 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23026 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23027 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23028 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23029 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23030 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23031 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23032 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23033 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23034 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23035 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23036 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23037 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23038 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23039 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23040 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23041 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23042 (label defaults to last one specified).
23043 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23044 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23045 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23046 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23047 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23048 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23049 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23050 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23051 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23052
23053 \(fn)" t nil)
23054
23055 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23056 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23057
23058 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23059
23060 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23061 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23062
23063 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23064
23065 ;;;***
23066 \f
23067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 25465
23068 ;;;;;; 228934 676000))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23070 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23071
23072 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23073 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23074 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23075 case it writes Babyl.
23076
23077 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23078 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23079 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23080 `rmail-default-file'.
23081
23082 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23083 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23084 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23085
23086 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23087 the header display is currently pruned.
23088
23089 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23090 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23091 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23092 messages after output.
23093
23094 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23095 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23096 message (if writing a file directly).
23097
23098 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23099 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23100
23101 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23102
23103 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23104 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23105 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23106 i) the header is output as currently seen
23107 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23108 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23109
23110 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23111 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23112 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23113
23114 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23115
23116 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23117 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23118 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23119 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23120 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23121 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23122 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23123
23124 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23125 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23126 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23127
23128 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23129
23130 ;;;***
23131 \f
23132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 25465
23133 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
23134 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23135
23136 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23137 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23138 Return a pattern.
23139
23140 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23141
23142 ;;;***
23143 \f
23144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 25465
23145 ;;;;;; 255934 555000))
23146 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23147
23148 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23149 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23150 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23151 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23152
23153 \(fn)" t nil)
23154
23155 ;;;***
23156 \f
23157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 25465
23158 ;;;;;; 256934 551000))
23159 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23160
23161 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23162 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23163
23164 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23165 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23166 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23167 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23168 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23169 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23170 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23171 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23172 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23173 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23174
23175 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23176 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23177 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23178 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23179 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23180 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23181 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23182 to use for finding the schema.
23183
23184 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23185
23186 ;;;***
23187 \f
23188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 25465 256934
23189 ;;;;;; 551000))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23191
23192 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23193
23194 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23195 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23196 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23197 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23198 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23199 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23200 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23201 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23202 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23203 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23204 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23205 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23206 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23207 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23208 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23209 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23210 must be equal.
23211
23212 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23213
23214 ;;;***
23215 \f
23216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21710 25465
23217 ;;;;;; 203934 787000))
23218 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23219
23220 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23221 Define a robin package.
23222
23223 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23224 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23225 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23226 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23227
23228 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23229 one replaces the old one.
23230
23231 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23232
23233 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23234 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23235
23236 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23237 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23238 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23239
23240 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23241
23242 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23243 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23244
23245 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23246
23247 ;;;***
23248 \f
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 25465 337934 190000))
23250 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23251
23252 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23253 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23254
23255 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23256
23257 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23258 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23259
23260 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23261
23262 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23263 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23264
23265 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23266
23267 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23268 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23269 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23270
23271 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23272 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23273 in ROT13.
23274
23275 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23276
23277 \(fn)" t nil)
23278
23279 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23280 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23281
23282 \(fn)" t nil)
23283
23284 ;;;***
23285 \f
23286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21710 25547 213569
23287 ;;;;;; 169000))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23290
23291 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23292 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23293 \\<rst-mode-map>
23294
23295 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23296 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23297 highlighting.
23298
23299 \\{rst-mode-map}
23300
23301 \(fn)" t nil)
23302
23303 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23304 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23306 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23307 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23308
23309 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23310 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23311 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23312
23313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23314
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21710
23318 ;;;;;; 25547 188569 280000))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23320 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23321
23322 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23323 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23324
23325 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23326
23327 \(fn)" t nil)
23328
23329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23330
23331 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23332
23333 ;;;***
23334 \f
23335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21710 25547 198569
23336 ;;;;;; 235000))
23337 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23338 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23339
23340 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23341 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23342 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23343
23344 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23345 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23347 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23348 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23349
23350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23351
23352 ;;;***
23353 \f
23354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 25465 136935
23355 ;;;;;; 86000))
23356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23357
23358 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23359 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23360 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23361 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23362
23363 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23364
23365 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23366 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23367 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23368
23369 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23370 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23371 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23372
23373 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23374 notation.
23375
23376 STRING
23377 matches string STRING literally.
23378
23379 CHAR
23380 matches character CHAR literally.
23381
23382 `not-newline', `nonl'
23383 matches any character except a newline.
23384
23385 `anything'
23386 matches any character
23387
23388 `(any SET ...)'
23389 `(in SET ...)'
23390 `(char SET ...)'
23391 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23392 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23393 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23394
23395 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23396 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23397 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23398 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23399
23400 `(not (any SET ...))'
23401 matches any character not in SET ...
23402
23403 `line-start', `bol'
23404 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23405 in the text being matched
23406
23407 `line-end', `eol'
23408 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23409
23410 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23411 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23412 string being matched against.
23413
23414 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23415 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23416 string being matched against.
23417
23418 `buffer-start'
23419 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23420 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23421
23422 `buffer-end'
23423 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23424 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23425
23426 `point'
23427 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23428
23429 `word-start', `bow'
23430 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23431
23432 `word-end', `eow'
23433 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23434
23435 `word-boundary'
23436 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23437 word.
23438
23439 `(not word-boundary)'
23440 `not-word-boundary'
23441 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23442 word.
23443
23444 `symbol-start'
23445 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23446
23447 `symbol-end'
23448 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23449
23450 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23451 matches 0 through 9.
23452
23453 `control', `cntrl'
23454 matches ASCII control characters.
23455
23456 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23457 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23458
23459 `blank'
23460 matches space and tab only.
23461
23462 `graphic', `graph'
23463 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23464 space, and DEL.
23465
23466 `printing', `print'
23467 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23468 and DEL.
23469
23470 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23471 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23472 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23473
23474 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23475 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23476 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23477
23478 `ascii'
23479 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23480
23481 `nonascii'
23482 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23483
23484 `lower', `lower-case'
23485 matches anything lower-case.
23486
23487 `upper', `upper-case'
23488 matches anything upper-case.
23489
23490 `punctuation', `punct'
23491 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23492 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23493
23494 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23495 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23496
23497 `word', `wordchar'
23498 matches anything that has word syntax.
23499
23500 `not-wordchar'
23501 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23502
23503 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23504 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23505 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23506 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23507
23508 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23509 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23510 `word' (\\sw)
23511 `symbol' (\\s_)
23512 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23513 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23514 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23515 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23516 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23517 `escape' (\\s\\)
23518 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23519 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23520 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23521 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23522 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23523
23524 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23525 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23526
23527 `(category CATEGORY)'
23528 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23529 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23530
23531 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23532 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23533 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23534 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23535 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23536 `symbol' (\\c5)
23537 `digit' (\\c6)
23538 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23539 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23540 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23541 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23542 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23543 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23544 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23545 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23546 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23547 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23548 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23549 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23550 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23551 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23552 `ascii' (\\ca)
23553 `arabic' (\\cb)
23554 `chinese' (\\cc)
23555 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23556 `greek' (\\cg)
23557 `korean' (\\ch)
23558 `indian' (\\ci)
23559 `japanese' (\\cj)
23560 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23561 `latin' (\\cl)
23562 `lao' (\\co)
23563 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23564 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23565 `thai' (\\ct)
23566 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23567 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23568 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23569 `can-break' (\\c|)
23570
23571 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23572 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23573
23574 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23575 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23576 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23577 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23578 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23579
23580 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23581 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23582 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23583 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23584
23585 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23586 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23587 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23588 group number N.
23589
23590 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23591 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23592 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23593 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23594 regular expression.
23595
23596 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23597 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23598 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23599 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23600 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23601
23602 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23603 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23604
23605 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23606 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23607
23608 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23609 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23610 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23611
23612 `(* SEXP ...)'
23613 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23614 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23615
23616 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23617 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23618 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23619
23620 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23621 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23622 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23623
23624 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23625 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23626
23627 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23628 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23629
23630 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23631 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23632 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23633 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23634
23635 `(? SEXP ...)'
23636 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23637
23638 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23639 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23640
23641 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23642 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23643 matches N occurrences.
23644
23645 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23646 matches N or more occurrences.
23647
23648 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23649 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23650 matches N to M occurrences.
23651
23652 `(backref N)'
23653 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23654
23655 `(eval FORM)'
23656 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23657 `regexp-quote' it.
23658
23659 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23660 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23661
23662 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23663
23664 ;;;***
23665 \f
23666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 25465
23667 ;;;;;; 248934 587000))
23668 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23669 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23670
23671 ;;;***
23672 \f
23673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21710 25547 198569
23674 ;;;;;; 235000))
23675 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23676 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23677
23678 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23679 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23680 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23682 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23683 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23684
23685 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23686
23687 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23688 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23690 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23691 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23692
23693 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23694 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23695 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23696 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23697
23698 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23699 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23700 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23701
23702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23703
23704 ;;;***
23705 \f
23706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21710 25547
23707 ;;;;;; 188569 280000))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23709
23710 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23711 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23712 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23713
23714 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23715 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23716 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23717 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23718 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23719 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23720 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23721 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23722
23723 Commands:
23724 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23725 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23726 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23727
23728 \(fn)" t nil)
23729
23730 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23731 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23732 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23733
23734 Commands:
23735 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23736 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23737 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23738 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23739 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23740 that variable's value is a string.
23741
23742 \(fn)" t nil)
23743
23744 ;;;***
23745 \f
23746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 25465
23747 ;;;;;; 190934 845000))
23748 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23749
23750 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23751 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23752 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23753
23754 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23755
23756 \(fn)" t nil)
23757
23758 ;;;***
23759 \f
23760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21710 25547 198569
23761 ;;;;;; 235000))
23762 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23763
23764 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23765 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23766 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23769 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23770
23771 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23772
23773 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23774 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23775 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23776 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23777 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23778
23779 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23780 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23781
23782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23783
23784 ;;;***
23785 \f
23786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 25465
23787 ;;;;;; 337934 190000))
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23789
23790 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23791 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23793 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23794 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23795 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23796 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23797 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23798
23799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23800
23801 ;;;***
23802 \f
23803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 25465 248934
23804 ;;;;;; 587000))
23805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23806 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23807 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21710 25547
23812 ;;;;;; 64569 833000))
23813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23814 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23815
23816 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23817 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23818 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23819
23820 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23821 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23822 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23823 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23824 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23825 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23826 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23827 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23828 keybinding for tag names.
23829 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23830 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23831 of the symbol under point.
23832 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23833 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23834 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23835 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23836 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23837 syntax tokens.
23838 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23839
23840 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23841
23842 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23843 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23844 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23845 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23846 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23847 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23848
23849 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23850
23851 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23852 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23855 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23856
23857 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23858 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23859 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23860 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23861 Semantic mode.
23862
23863 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23864
23865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23866
23867 ;;;***
23868 \f
23869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23870 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 65569 828000))
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23872
23873 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23874 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23875
23876 \(fn)" t nil)
23877
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 113935 188000))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23883
23884 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23885 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23886
23887 \(fn)" t nil)
23888
23889 ;;;***
23890 \f
23891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21710 25465
23892 ;;;;;; 229934 671000))
23893 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23894
23895 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23896 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23897
23898 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23899 king@grassland.com
23900 If `parens', they look like:
23901 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23902 If `angles', they look like:
23903 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23904
23905 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23906 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23907
23908 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23909
23910 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23911 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23912 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23913 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23914
23915 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23916 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23917 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23918 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23919
23920 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23921
23922 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23923 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23924 This is done when the message is initialized,
23925 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23926
23927 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23928
23929 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23930 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23931 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23932
23933 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23934
23935 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23936 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23937 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23938 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23939 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23940 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23941 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23942
23943 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23944
23945 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23946 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23947
23948 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23949
23950 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23951 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23952 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23953 be a Babyl file.")
23954
23955 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23956
23957 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23958 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23959 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23960 when you first send mail.")
23961
23962 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23963
23964 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23965 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23966 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23967 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23968 This file need not actually exist.")
23969
23970 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23971
23972 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23973 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23976
23977 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23978 Alist of mail address aliases,
23979 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23980 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23981 can specify a different file name.)
23982 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23983 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23984
23985 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23986 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23987 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23988
23989 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23990
23991 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23992 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23993 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23994
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23996
23997 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23998 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23999 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24000 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24001 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24002 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24003 in the cited portion of the message.
24004
24005 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24006 instead of no action.")
24007
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24009
24010 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24011 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24012 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24013 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24014 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24019 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24020 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24021 If a string, that string is inserted.
24022 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24023 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24024 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24025 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24026
24027 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24028
24029 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24030 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24035 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24036 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24037
24038 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24039 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24040
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24042
24043 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24044 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24045 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24046 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24047
24048 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24049
24050 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24051 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24052 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24053
24054 \(fn)" nil nil)
24055
24056 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24057
24058 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24059
24060
24061 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24062
24063 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24064 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24065 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24066
24067 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24068 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24069
24070 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24071 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24072 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24073 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24074 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24075 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24076 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24077 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24078 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24079 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24080 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24081 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24082 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24083 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24084
24085 \(fn)" t nil)
24086
24087 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24088 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24089 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24090 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24091
24092 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24093
24094 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24095 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24096 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24097 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24098 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24099 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24100
24101 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24102 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24103 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24104
24105 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24106 User should not set this variable manually,
24107 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24108 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24109 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24110
24111 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24112 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24113 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24114 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24115
24116 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24117 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24118
24119 \\<mail-mode-map>
24120 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24121
24122 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24123 to move to message header fields:
24124 \\{mail-mode-map}
24125
24126 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24127 when the message is initialized.
24128
24129 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24130 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24131
24132 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24133 is inserted.
24134
24135 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24136 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24137
24138 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24139 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24140 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24141 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24142 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24143 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24144 buffer without erasing the contents.
24145
24146 The second through fifth arguments,
24147 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24148 the initial contents of those header fields.
24149 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24150 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24151 original message being replied to, or else an action
24152 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24153 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24154 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24155 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24156 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24157 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24158
24159 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24160
24161 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24162 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24163
24164 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24165
24166 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24167 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24168
24169 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24170
24171 ;;;***
24172 \f
24173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21710 25547 198569 235000))
24174 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24175
24176 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24177
24178 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24179
24180 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24181
24182 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24183 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24184 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24185 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24186 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24187 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24188
24189 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24190 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24191
24192 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24193 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24194 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24195
24196 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24197 \\[server-start].
24198
24199 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24200
24201 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24202 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24203 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24204 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24205
24206 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24207
24208 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24209 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24210 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24213 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24214
24215 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24216
24217 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24218 Toggle Server mode.
24219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24221 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24222
24223 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24224 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24225 `server-start' for details.
24226
24227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24228
24229 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24230 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24231 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24232
24233 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24234 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24235
24236 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24237
24238 ;;;***
24239 \f
24240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21710 25547 199569 231000))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24242
24243 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24244 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24245
24246 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24247 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24248 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24249 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24250 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24251
24252 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24253 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24254 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24255 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24256 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24257 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24258
24259 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24260 displayed.
24261
24262 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24263 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24264 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24265
24266 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24267 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24268
24269 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24270 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24271
24272 \\{ses-mode-map}
24273 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24274 part):
24275 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24276 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24277 formula:
24278 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24279
24280 \(fn)" t nil)
24281
24282 ;;;***
24283 \f
24284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21710
24285 ;;;;;; 25547 214569 164000))
24286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24287
24288 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24289 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24290 Makes > match <.
24291 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24292 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24293
24294 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24295 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24296 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24297
24298 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24299 in your init file.
24300
24301 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24302
24303 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24304 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24305 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24306
24307 \(fn)" t nil)
24308
24309 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24310 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24311 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24312 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24313 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24314 which this is based.
24315
24316 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24317
24318 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24319 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24320 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24321 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24322
24323 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24324 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24325 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24326
24327 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24328 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24329 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24330 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24331
24332 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24333 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24334 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24335 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24336
24337 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24338
24339 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24340 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24341 To work around that, do:
24342 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24343
24344 \\{html-mode-map}
24345
24346 \(fn)" t nil)
24347
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21710
24351 ;;;;;; 25547 188569 280000))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24353 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24354 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24355
24356 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24357 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24358 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24359 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24360 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24361 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24362
24363 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24364 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24365 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24366 shell-specific features.
24367
24368 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24369 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24370 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24371 \\<sh-mode-map>
24372 \\[sh-case] case statement
24373 \\[sh-for] for loop
24374 \\[sh-function] function definition
24375 \\[sh-if] if statement
24376 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24377 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24378 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24379 \\[sh-select] select loop
24380 \\[sh-until] until loop
24381 \\[sh-while] while loop
24382
24383 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24384 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24385 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24386 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24387 would indent to the way it currently is.
24388 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24389 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24390
24391
24392 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24393 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24394 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24395 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24396 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24397
24398 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24399 unquoted < insert a here document.
24400
24401 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24402 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24403 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24404
24405 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24406 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24407
24408 \(fn)" t nil)
24409
24410 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24411
24412 ;;;***
24413 \f
24414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 25465
24415 ;;;;;; 136935 86000))
24416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24417
24418 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24419 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24420
24421 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24422 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24423 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24424
24425 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24426 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24427 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24428 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24429 the earlier.
24430
24431 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24432
24433 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24434
24435 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24436 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24437 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24438
24439 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24440 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24441
24442 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24443 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24444 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24445 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24446 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24447 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24448 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24449 Emacs version).
24450
24451 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24452 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24453 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24454 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24455 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24456
24457 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24458 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24459
24460 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24461
24462 ;;;***
24463 \f
24464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 25465 339934
24465 ;;;;;; 181000))
24466 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24467
24468 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24469 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24470 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24471 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24472 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24473 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24474 sites in the cluster.
24475
24476 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24477
24478 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24479 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24480 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24481 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24482 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24483
24484 \(fn)" t nil)
24485
24486 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24487 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24488 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24489 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24490 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24491 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24492 `shadow-define-cluster').
24493
24494 \(fn)" t nil)
24495
24496 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24497 Set up file shadowing.
24498
24499 \(fn)" t nil)
24500
24501 ;;;***
24502 \f
24503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21710 25547 199569 231000))
24504 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24505
24506 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24507 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24508 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24509 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24510 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24511 arguments.")
24512
24513 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24514
24515 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24516 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24517 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24518 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24519 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24520
24521 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24522 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24523 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24524 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24525 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24526 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24527 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24528 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24529 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24530 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24531 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24532
24533 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24534 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24535 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24536 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24537 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24538 `default-process-coding-system'.
24539
24540 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24541 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24542 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24543 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24544
24545 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24546
24547 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24548
24549 ;;;***
24550 \f
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21710 25547 147569 463000))
24552 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24553
24554 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24555 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24556
24557 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24558
24559 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24560 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24561 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24562 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24563
24564 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24565
24566 ;;;***
24567 \f
24568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 25465 191934
24569 ;;;;;; 841000))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24571
24572 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24573
24574
24575 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24576
24577 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24578
24579
24580 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24581
24582 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24583
24584
24585 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24586
24587 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24588
24589
24590 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24591
24592 ;;;***
24593 \f
24594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 25465
24595 ;;;;;; 191934 841000))
24596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24597
24598 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24599 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24600 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24601 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24602 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24603
24604 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24605
24606 \(fn)" t nil)
24607
24608 ;;;***
24609 \f
24610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 25465
24611 ;;;;;; 326934 239000))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24613
24614 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24615 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24616 \\{simula-mode-map}
24617 Variables controlling indentation style:
24618 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24619 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24620 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24621 `simula-indent-level'
24622 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24623 `simula-substatement-offset'
24624 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24625 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24626 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24627 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24628 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24629 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24630 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24631 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24632 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24633 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24634 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24635 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24636 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24637 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24638 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24639 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24640 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24641 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24642 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24643 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24644 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24645 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24646 or nil if they should not be changed.
24647 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24648 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24649 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24650 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24651
24652 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24653 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24654
24655 \(fn)" t nil)
24656
24657 ;;;***
24658 \f
24659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21710 25547 201569
24660 ;;;;;; 222000))
24661 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24662
24663 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24664 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24665
24666 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24667 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24668 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24669 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24670
24671 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24672
24673 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24674
24675 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24676 Insert SKELETON.
24677 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24678 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24679 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24680 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24681 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24682
24683 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24684 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24685
24686 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24687
24688 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24689 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24690
24691 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24692 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24693 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24694 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24695
24696 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24697 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24698 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24699 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24700
24701 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24702 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24703 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24704
24705 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24706 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24707
24708 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24709 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24710
24711 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24712 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24713 is at bol/eol
24714 _ interesting point, interregion here
24715 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24716 interesting point set by _
24717 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24718 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24719 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24720 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24721 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24722 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24723 nil skipped
24724
24725 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24726 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24727
24728 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24729 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24730 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24731 as the first element when at bol.
24732
24733 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24734 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24735 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24736 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24737 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24738 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24739 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24740 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24741
24742 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24743 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24744 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24745 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24746 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24747 available:
24748
24749 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24750 then: insert previously read string once more
24751 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24752 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24753 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24754
24755 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24756 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24757
24758 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24759
24760 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24761 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24762
24763 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24764 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24765 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24766 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24767 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24768 such as backslash.
24769
24770 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24771 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24772 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24773
24774 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24775
24776 ;;;***
24777 \f
24778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21710 25547
24779 ;;;;;; 220569 137000))
24780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24781
24782 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24783 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24784 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24785 buffer names.
24786
24787 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24788
24789 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24790 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24792 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24793 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24794 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24795
24796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24797
24798 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24799 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24800 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24801
24802 \(fn)" t nil)
24803
24804 ;;;***
24805 \f
24806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 25465 191934
24807 ;;;;;; 841000))
24808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24809
24810 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24811 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24812 A list of images is returned.
24813
24814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24815
24816 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24817 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24818 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24819
24820 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24821
24822 ;;;***
24823 \f
24824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21710 25547
24825 ;;;;;; 136569 512000))
24826 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24827
24828 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24829
24830
24831 \(fn)" nil nil)
24832
24833 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24834 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24835
24836 \(fn)" t nil)
24837
24838 ;;;***
24839 \f
24840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 25465 297934
24841 ;;;;;; 368000))
24842 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24843
24844 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24845 Play the Snake game.
24846 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24847
24848 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24849
24850 Snake mode keybindings:
24851 \\<snake-mode-map>
24852 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24853 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24854 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24855 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24856 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24857 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24858 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24859
24860 \(fn)" t nil)
24861
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 25465
24865 ;;;;;; 248934 587000))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24867
24868 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24869 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24870 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24871 Tab indents for C code.
24872 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24873 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24874 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24875 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24876 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24877
24878 \(fn)" t nil)
24879
24880 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24881 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24882 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24883 Tab indents for C code.
24884 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24885 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24886 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24887 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24888 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24889
24890 \(fn)" t nil)
24891
24892 ;;;***
24893 \f
24894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21710 25465 95935
24895 ;;;;;; 269000))
24896 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24897
24898 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24899 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24900 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24901 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24902 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24903
24904 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24905
24906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24907
24908 ;;;***
24909 \f
24910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 25465
24911 ;;;;;; 297934 368000))
24912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24913
24914 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24915 Play Solitaire.
24916
24917 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24918 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24919 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24920 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24921 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24922 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24923 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24924 check after each move or undo.)
24925
24926 What is Solitaire?
24927
24928 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24929 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24930 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24931
24932 Le Solitaire
24933 ============
24934
24935 o o o
24936
24937 o o o
24938
24939 o o o o o o o
24940
24941 o o o . o o o
24942
24943 o o o o o o o
24944
24945 o o o
24946
24947 o o o
24948
24949 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24950 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24951 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24952 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24953
24954 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24955 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24956 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24957 this: o o .
24958
24959 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24960 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24961
24962 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24963
24964 o o o
24965
24966 . o o
24967
24968 o o . o o o o
24969
24970 o . o o o o o
24971
24972 o o o o o o o
24973
24974 o o o
24975
24976 o o o
24977
24978 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24979
24980 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24981
24982 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24983
24984 ;;;***
24985 \f
24986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 25465 341934 172000))
24987 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24988 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24989
24990 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24991 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24992
24993 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24994 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24995 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24996 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24997 contiguous.
24998
24999 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25000 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25001 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25002 the sort order.
25003
25004 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25005 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25006
25007 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25008 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25009 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25010 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25011 is called.
25012
25013 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25014 It should move point to the end of the record.
25015
25016 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25017 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25018 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25019 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25020 starts at the beginning of the record.
25021
25022 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25023 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25024 same as ENDRECFUN.
25025
25026 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25027 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25028 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25029 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25030 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25031 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25032 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25033
25034 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25035
25036 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25037 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25038 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25039 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25040 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25041 the sort order.
25042
25043 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25044
25045 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25046 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25047 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25048 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25049 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25050 the sort order.
25051
25052 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25053
25054 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25055 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25056 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25057 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 the sort order.
25060
25061 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25062 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25063
25064 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25065 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25066 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25067 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25068 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25069 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25070 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25071 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25072 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25073
25074 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25075
25076 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25077 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25078 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25079 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25080 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25081 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25082 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25083 the sort order.
25084
25085 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25086
25087 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25088 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25089 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25090 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25091
25092 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25093 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25094
25095 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25096 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25097 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25098 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25099 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25100 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25101 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25102 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25103
25104 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25105
25106 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25107 the sort order.
25108
25109 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25110 starting with the letter \"f\",
25111 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25112
25113 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25114
25115 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25116 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25117 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25118 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25119 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25120 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25121 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25122 the sort order.
25123
25124 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25125 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25126 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25127 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25128 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25129
25130 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25131
25132 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25133 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25134 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25135
25136 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25137
25138 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25139 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25140 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25141 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25142 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25143 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25144 each repeated line.
25145
25146 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25147 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25148 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25149 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25150
25151 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25152 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25153
25154 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25155 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25156
25157 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25158
25159 ;;;***
25160 \f
25161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21710 25547 118569 592000))
25162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25163
25164 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25165 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25166 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25167 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25168 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25169 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25170
25171 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25172
25173 ;;;***
25174 \f
25175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25176 ;;;;;; 25465 191934 841000))
25177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25178
25179 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25180 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25181
25182 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25183 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25184 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25185
25186 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25187
25188 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25189 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25190 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25191 server.
25192
25193 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25194
25195 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25196 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25197 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25198
25199 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25200
25201 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25202 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25203 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25204 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25205 Agent is plugged.
25206
25207 \(fn)" t nil)
25208
25209 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25210 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25211 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25212 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25213
25214 \(fn)" t nil)
25215
25216 ;;;***
25217 \f
25218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21710 25547 202569
25219 ;;;;;; 218000))
25220 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25221
25222 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25223
25224 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25225 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25226 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25227 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25228 supported at a time.
25229 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25230 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25231
25232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25233
25234 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25235 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25236 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25237 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25238
25239 \(fn)" t nil)
25240
25241 ;;;***
25242 \f
25243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 25465 297934
25244 ;;;;;; 368000))
25245 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25246
25247 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25248 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25249
25250 \(fn)" t nil)
25251
25252 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25253 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25254
25255 \(fn)" nil nil)
25256
25257 ;;;***
25258 \f
25259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21710 25547 189569
25260 ;;;;;; 276000))
25261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25262 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25263
25264 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25265 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25266
25267 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25268 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25269 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25270 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25271 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25272 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25273 of the current highlighting list.
25274
25275 For example:
25276
25277 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25278 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25279
25280 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25281 `_t' as data types.
25282
25283 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25284
25285 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25286 Major mode to edit SQL.
25287
25288 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25289 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25290 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25291
25292 \\{sql-mode-map}
25293 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25294
25295 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25296 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25297 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25298 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25299 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25300 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25301
25302 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25303 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25304
25305 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25306 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25307 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25308
25309 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25310 (lambda ()
25311 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25312
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25314
25315 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25316 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25317
25318 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25319 their settings.
25320
25321 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25322 is specified in the connection settings.
25323
25324 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25325
25326 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25327 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25328
25329 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25330 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25331
25332 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25333 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25334 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25335 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25336
25337 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25338
25339 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25340
25341 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25342 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25343
25344 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25345 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25346 `*SQL*'.
25347
25348 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25349 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25350 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25351 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25352
25353 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25354 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25355
25356 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25357 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25358 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25359 buffer.
25360
25361 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25362 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25363 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25364 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25365 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25366 `default-process-coding-system'.
25367
25368 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25369
25370 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25371
25372 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25373 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25374
25375 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25376 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25377 `*SQL*'.
25378
25379 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25380 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25381 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25382 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25383
25384 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25385 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25386
25387 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25388 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25389 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25390 buffer.
25391
25392 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25393 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25394 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25395 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25396 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25397 `default-process-coding-system'.
25398
25399 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25400
25401 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25402
25403 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25404 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25405
25406 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25407 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25408 `*SQL*'.
25409
25410 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25411 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25412
25413 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25414 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25415
25416 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25417 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25418 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25419 buffer.
25420
25421 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25422 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25424 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25425 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25426 `default-process-coding-system'.
25427
25428 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25429
25430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25431
25432 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25433 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25434
25435 SQLite is free software.
25436
25437 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25438 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25439 `*SQL*'.
25440
25441 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25442 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25443 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25444 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25445
25446 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25447 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25448
25449 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25450 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25451 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25452 buffer.
25453
25454 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25455 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25456 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25457 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25458 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25459 `default-process-coding-system'.
25460
25461 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25462
25463 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25464
25465 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25466 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25467
25468 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25469
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25473
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25475 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25476 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25477 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25478
25479 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25480 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25481
25482 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25483 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25484 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25485 buffer.
25486
25487 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25488 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25490 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25491 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25492 `default-process-coding-system'.
25493
25494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25495
25496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25497
25498 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25499 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25500
25501 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25502 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25503 `*SQL*'.
25504
25505 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25506 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25507 defaults, if set.
25508
25509 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25510 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25511
25512 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25514 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25515 buffer.
25516
25517 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25518 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25520 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25521 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25522 `default-process-coding-system'.
25523
25524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25525
25526 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25529 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25530
25531 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25532 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25533 `*SQL*'.
25534
25535 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25536 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25537
25538 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25539 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25540
25541 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25542 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25543 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25544 buffer.
25545
25546 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25547 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25549 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25550 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25551 `default-process-coding-system'.
25552
25553 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25554
25555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25556
25557 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25558 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25559
25560 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25561 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25562 `*SQL*'.
25563
25564 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25565 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25566 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25567 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25568
25569 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25570 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25571
25572 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25573 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25574 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25575 buffer.
25576
25577 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25578 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25579 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25580 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25581 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25582 `default-process-coding-system'.
25583
25584 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25585
25586 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25587
25588 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25589 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25590
25591 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25592 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25593 `*SQL*'.
25594
25595 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25596 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25597 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25598 `sql-postgres-options'.
25599
25600 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25601 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25602
25603 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25604 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25605 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25606 buffer.
25607
25608 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25609 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25610 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25611 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25612 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25613 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25614 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25615 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25616
25617 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25618 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25619
25620 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25621
25622 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25623
25624 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25625 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25626
25627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25629 `*SQL*'.
25630
25631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25632 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25633 defaults, if set.
25634
25635 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25636 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637
25638 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25639 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25640 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25641 buffer.
25642
25643 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25644 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25646 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25647 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25648 `default-process-coding-system'.
25649
25650 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25651
25652 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25653
25654 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25655 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25656
25657 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25658 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25659 `*SQL*'.
25660
25661 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25662 automatic login.
25663
25664 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25665 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25666
25667 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25668 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25669 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25670 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25671
25672 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25673 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25674 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25675 buffer.
25676
25677 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25678 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25680 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25681 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25682 `default-process-coding-system'.
25683
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25685
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25687
25688 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25689 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25690
25691 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25692 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25693 `*SQL*'.
25694
25695 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25696 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25697 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25698 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25699 parameters.
25700
25701 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25702 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25703 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25704 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25705 an empty password.
25706
25707 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25708 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25709
25710 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25712 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25713 buffer.
25714
25715 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25716
25717 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25718
25719 ;;;***
25720 \f
25721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 25465 113935
25722 ;;;;;; 188000))
25723 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25724 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25725
25726 ;;;***
25727 \f
25728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25729 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 69569 810000))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25731
25732 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25733 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25734
25735 \(fn)" t nil)
25736
25737 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25738
25739 ;;;***
25740 \f
25741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 25465
25742 ;;;;;; 192934 836000))
25743 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25744
25745 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25746 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25747 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25748 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25749 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25750 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25751 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25752 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25753 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25754 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25755 with any buffer
25756 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25757 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25758 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25759 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25760
25761 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25762
25763 ;;;***
25764 \f
25765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 25465 343934
25766 ;;;;;; 163000))
25767 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25768
25769 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25770 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25771 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25772 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25773 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25774 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25775
25776 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25777
25778 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25781 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25782 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25783 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25784 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25785 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25786 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25787
25788 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25789
25790 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25791 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25792 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25793 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25794 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25795 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25796 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25797
25798 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25799
25800 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25801 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25802 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25803
25804 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25805
25806 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25807 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25808 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25809
25810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25811
25812 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25813 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25814
25815 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25816
25817 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25818 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25819
25820 \(fn)" t nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25823 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25824
25825 \(fn)" t nil)
25826
25827 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25828 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25829 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25830 by command name.
25831 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25832
25833 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25834
25835 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25836 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25837 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25840 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25841
25842 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25843
25844 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25845 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25847 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25849
25850 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25851 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25852 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25853 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25854 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25855
25856 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25857 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25858 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25859 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25860
25861 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25862
25863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25864
25865 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25866 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25867 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25868 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25869
25870 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25871
25872 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25873 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25874
25875 \(fn)" t nil)
25876
25877 ;;;***
25878 \f
25879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21710 25465 297934
25880 ;;;;;; 368000))
25881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25882
25883 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25884 Studlify-case the region.
25885
25886 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25887
25888 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25889 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25890
25891 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25892
25893 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25894 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25895
25896 \(fn)" t nil)
25897
25898 ;;;***
25899 \f
25900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21710 25547
25901 ;;;;;; 189569 276000))
25902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25903
25904 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25905 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25909
25910 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25911 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25912 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25913 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25914
25915 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25916 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25917 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25918
25919 Nomenclature Subwords
25920 ===========================================================
25921 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25922 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25923 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25924
25925 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25926 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25927 as words.
25928
25929 \\{subword-mode-map}
25930
25931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25932
25933 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25934 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25935 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25936 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25937 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25938 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25939
25940 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25941
25942 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25943 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25944 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25945 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25946 ARG is omitted or nil.
25947
25948 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25949 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25950 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25951
25952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25955 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25956 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25957 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25958 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25959
25960 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25961 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25962 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25963
25964 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25965 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
25966 edit them as words.
25967
25968 \\{superword-mode-map}
25969
25970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25971
25972 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25973 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25974 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25977 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25978
25979 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25980
25981 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25982 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25983 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25984 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25985 ARG is omitted or nil.
25986
25987 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25988 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25989 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25990
25991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25992
25993 ;;;***
25994 \f
25995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 25465
25996 ;;;;;; 229934 671000))
25997 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25998
25999 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26000 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26001 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26002 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26003 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26004 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26005 original message but it does require a few things:
26006
26007 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26008
26009 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26010 reply buffer.
26011
26012 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26013 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26014 original message.
26015
26016 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26017
26018 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26019
26020 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26021 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26022 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26023
26024 \(fn)" nil nil)
26025
26026 ;;;***
26027 \f
26028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 25465 344934
26029 ;;;;;; 158000))
26030 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26031
26032 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26033
26034 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26035 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26036 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26037 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26038 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26039 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26040
26041 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26042
26043 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26044 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26045 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26046 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26047 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26048
26049 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26050 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26051 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26052
26053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26054
26055 ;;;***
26056 \f
26057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 25465 344934 158000))
26058 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26059
26060 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26061 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26062 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26063 buffer.
26064
26065 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26066 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26067 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26068
26069 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26070
26071 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26072 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26073 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26074 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26075 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26076 buffer.
26077
26078 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26079 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26080 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26081
26082 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26083
26084 ;;;***
26085 \f
26086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 25465 358934
26087 ;;;;;; 96000))
26088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26089
26090 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26091 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26092 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26093
26094 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26095
26096 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26097 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26098
26099 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26100
26101 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26102 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26103
26104 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26105
26106 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26107 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26108
26109 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26110
26111 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26112 Insert an editable text table.
26113 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26114 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26115 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26116 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26117 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26118 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26119 delimiting them.
26120
26121 Examples:
26122
26123 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26124
26125 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26126 location of point.
26127
26128 -!-
26129
26130 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26131 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26132 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26133 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26134 first cell.
26135
26136 +-----+-----+-----+
26137 |-!- | | |
26138 +-----+-----+-----+
26139
26140 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26141
26142 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26143 width, which results as
26144
26145 +--------------+-----+-----+
26146 |-!- | | |
26147 +--------------+-----+-----+
26148
26149 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26150 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26151
26152 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26153 | | |-!- |
26154 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26155
26156 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26157 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26158 width information to `table-insert'.
26159
26160 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26161
26162 instead of
26163
26164 Cell width(s): 5
26165
26166 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26167 work all together.
26168
26169 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26170 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26171
26172 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26173 |-!- | | |
26174 | | | |
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176
26177 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26178
26179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26180 |-!- | | |
26181 | | | |
26182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26183 | | | |
26184 | | | |
26185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26186
26187 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26188
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 | | | |
26191 | | | |
26192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193 | | | |
26194 | | | |
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 -!-
26197
26198 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26199 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26200 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26201
26202 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26203 | | | |
26204 | | | |
26205 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26206 | | | |
26207 | | | |
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 |-!- | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212
26213 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26214 results.
26215
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 | | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26221 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26222 | | |expected results.-!- |
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227
26228 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26229
26230 \\{table-cell-map}
26231
26232 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26233
26234 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26235 Insert N table row(s).
26236 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26237 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26238 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26239 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26240
26241 \(fn N)" t nil)
26242
26243 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26244 Insert N table column(s).
26245 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26246 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26247 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26248 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26249
26250 \(fn N)" t nil)
26251
26252 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26253 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26254 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26255
26256 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26257
26258 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26259 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26260 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26261 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26262 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26263 all the table specific features.
26264
26265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26268
26269
26270 \(fn)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26273 Recognize all tables within region.
26274 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26275 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26276 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26277 specific features.
26278
26279 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26280
26281 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26282
26283
26284 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26287 Recognize a table at point.
26288 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26289 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26290 the table specific features.
26291
26292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26293
26294 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26295
26296
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26300 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26301 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26302 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26303 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26304 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26305 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26306
26307 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26310
26311
26312 \(fn)" t nil)
26313
26314 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26315 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26316 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26317 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26318 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26319 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26320 specified.
26321
26322 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26325 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26326 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26327 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26328 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26329 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26330 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26331 table structure.
26332
26333 \(fn N)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26336 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26337 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26338 table's rectangle structure.
26339
26340 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26341
26342 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26343 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26344 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26345 table's rectangle structure.
26346
26347 \(fn N)" t nil)
26348
26349 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26350 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26351 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26352 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26353 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26354
26355 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26356
26357 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26358 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26359 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26360
26361 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26362 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26363 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26364 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26365 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26366 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26367 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26368
26369 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26370 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26371 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26372 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26373 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26374 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26375 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26376
26377 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26378 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26379 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26380 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26381 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26382 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26383 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26384 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26385
26386 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26387
26388 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26389 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26390 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26391 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26392
26393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26396 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26397 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26398
26399 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26402 Split current cell vertically.
26403 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26404
26405 \(fn)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26408 Split current cell horizontally.
26409 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26410
26411 \(fn)" t nil)
26412
26413 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26414 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26415 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26416
26417 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26418
26419 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26420 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26421 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26422 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26423
26424 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26425
26426 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26427 Justify cell contents.
26428 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26429 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26430 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26431 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26432
26433 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26434
26435 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26436 Justify cells of a row.
26437 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26438 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26439
26440 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26443 Justify cells of a column.
26444 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26445 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26446
26447 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26450 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26451 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26452 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26453 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26454 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26455 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26456 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26457 run-time.
26458
26459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26460
26461 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26462 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26463 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26464 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26465 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26466 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26467 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26468 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26469 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26470 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26471 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26472
26473 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26474
26475 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26476 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26477 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26478 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26479 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26480 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26481 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26482 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26483 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26484 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26485 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26486 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26487 untouched.
26488
26489 References used for this implementation:
26490
26491 HTML:
26492 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26493
26494 LaTeX:
26495 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26496
26497 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26498 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26499 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26500
26501 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26502
26503 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26504 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26505 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26506 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26507 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26508 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26509 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26510 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26511 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26512 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26513 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26514 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26515 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26516 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26517 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26518 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26519 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26520
26521 Example:
26522
26523 (progn
26524 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26525 (table-forward-cell 15)
26526 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26527 (table-forward-cell 16)
26528 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26529 (table-forward-cell 1)
26530 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26531
26532 (progn
26533 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26534 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26535 (table-forward-cell 1)
26536 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26537
26538 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26539
26540 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26541 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26542 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26543 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26544 consists from cells of same height.
26545
26546 \(fn N)" t nil)
26547
26548 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26549 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26550 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26551 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26552 column must consists from cells of same width.
26553
26554 \(fn N)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26557 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26558 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26559 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26560 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26561 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26562 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26563 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26564 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26565 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26566 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26567 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26568 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26569 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26570 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26571
26572
26573 Example 1:
26574
26575 1, 2, 3, 4
26576 5, 6, 7, 8
26577 , 9, 10
26578
26579 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26580 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26581 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26582 specified as 5.
26583
26584 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26585 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26586 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26587 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26588 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26589 | | 9 | 10 | |
26590 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26591
26592 Note:
26593
26594 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26595 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26596 of each row is optional.
26597
26598
26599 Example 2:
26600
26601 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26602 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26603 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26604 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26605 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26606
26607 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26608 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26609
26610 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26611 expression and raw delimiter regular
26612 expression, it parses the specified text
26613 area and extracts cell items from
26614 non-table text and then forms a table out
26615 of them.
26616
26617 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26618 creates a single cell table. The text in
26619 the specified region is placed in that
26620 cell.-*-
26621
26622 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26623 like this.
26624
26625 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26626 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26627 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26628 | |
26629 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26630 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26631 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26632 | area and extracts cell items from |
26633 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26634 | of them. |
26635 | |
26636 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26637 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26638 | the specified region is placed in that |
26639 | cell. |
26640 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26641
26642 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26643 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26644 independently.
26645
26646 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26647 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26648 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26649 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26650 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26651 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26652 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26653 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26654 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26655 | |of them. |
26656 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26657 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26658 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26659 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26660 | |cell. |
26661 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26662
26663 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26664 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26665 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26666
26667 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26668
26669 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26670 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26671 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26672 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26673 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26674
26675 \(fn)" t nil)
26676
26677 ;;;***
26678 \f
26679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 25465 344934 158000))
26680 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26681
26682 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26683 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26684
26685 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26686
26687 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26688 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26689
26690 \(fn)" t nil)
26691
26692 ;;;***
26693 \f
26694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21710 25547 204569
26695 ;;;;;; 209000))
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26697
26698 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26699 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26700 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26701 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26702 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26703 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26704 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26705
26706 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26707 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26708 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26709 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26710
26711 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26712 \\{tar-mode-map}
26713
26714 \(fn)" t nil)
26715
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 25465 328934
26719 ;;;;;; 230000))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26721
26722 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26723 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26724 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26725 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26726 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26727 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26728
26729 Variables controlling indentation style:
26730 `tcl-indent-level'
26731 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26732 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26733 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26734
26735 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26736 documentation for details):
26737 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26738 Controls action of TAB key.
26739 `tcl-auto-newline'
26740 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26741 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26742 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26743 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26744 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26745
26746 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26747 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26748 already exist.
26749
26750 \(fn)" t nil)
26751
26752 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26753 Run inferior Tcl process.
26754 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26755 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26756
26757 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26758
26759 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26760 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26761 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26762
26763 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26764
26765 ;;;***
26766 \f
26767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 25465 249934
26768 ;;;;;; 582000))
26769 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26770
26771 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26772 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26773 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26774 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26775
26776 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26777 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26778 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26779 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26780 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26781
26782 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26783
26784 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26785 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26786 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26787 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26788
26789 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26790
26791 ;;;***
26792 \f
26793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21710 25547 205569 204000))
26794 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26795
26796 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26797 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26798 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26799 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26800 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26801 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26802
26803 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26806 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26807 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26808 commands to use in that buffer.
26809
26810 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26811
26812 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26815 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26816
26817 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26820 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26821 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26822 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26823 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26824 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26825 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26826 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26827 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26828 use in that buffer.
26829 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26830
26831 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26832
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26836 ;;;;;; 25465 137935 81000))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26838
26839 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26840 Start coverage on function under point.
26841
26842 \(fn)" t nil)
26843
26844 ;;;***
26845 \f
26846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 25465 297934
26847 ;;;;;; 368000))
26848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26849 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26850
26851 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26852 Play the Tetris game.
26853 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26854 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26855 as to form complete rows.
26856
26857 tetris-mode keybindings:
26858 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26859 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26860 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26861 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26862 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26863 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26864 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26865 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26866 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26867
26868 \(fn)" t nil)
26869
26870 ;;;***
26871 \f
26872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21710 25547
26873 ;;;;;; 214569 164000))
26874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26875
26876 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26877 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26878
26879 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26880
26881 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26882 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26883 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26884 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26885 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26886
26887 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26888
26889 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26890 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26891 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26892 if it matches the first line of the file,
26893 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26894
26895 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26896
26897 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26898 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26899 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26900 if the variable is non-nil.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26905 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26906
26907 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26908
26909 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26910 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26911 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26912 See the documentation of that variable.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26917 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26918 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26919 See the documentation of that variable.")
26920
26921 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26922
26923 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26924 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26925 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26926 See the documentation of that variable.")
26927
26928 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26929
26930 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26931 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26932 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26933 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26934 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26939 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26940 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26941 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26942
26943 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26944
26945 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26946 User defined LaTeX block names.
26947 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26952 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26953 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26954 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26959 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26960 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26961 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26962
26963 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26964
26965 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26966 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26967 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26968 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26969
26970 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26971 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26972 for example,
26973
26974 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26975 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26976
26977 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26978 use.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26983 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26984 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26985 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26986 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26987
26988 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26989
26990 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26991
26992 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26993 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26994 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26995
26996 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26997
26998 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26999 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27000 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27001 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27002 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27003
27004 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27005
27006 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27007 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27008
27009 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27010
27011 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27012 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27013
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27015
27016 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27017 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27018 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27019 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27020 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27021 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27022 says which mode to use.
27023
27024 \(fn)" t nil)
27025
27026 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27027
27028 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27029
27030 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27031
27032 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27033 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27034 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27035 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27036 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27037
27038 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27039 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27040 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27041 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27042 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27043 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27044 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27045
27046 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27047 mismatched $'s or braces.
27048
27049 Special commands:
27050 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27051
27052 Mode variables:
27053 tex-run-command
27054 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27055 tex-directory
27056 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27057 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27058 tex-dvi-print-command
27059 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27060 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27061 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27062 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27063 tex-dvi-view-command
27064 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27065 tex-show-queue-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27067 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27068
27069 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27070 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27071 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27072
27073 \(fn)" t nil)
27074
27075 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27076 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27077 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27078 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27079 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27080
27081 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27082 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27083 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27084 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27085 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27086 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27087 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27088
27089 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27090 mismatched $'s or braces.
27091
27092 Special commands:
27093 \\{latex-mode-map}
27094
27095 Mode variables:
27096 latex-run-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27098 tex-directory
27099 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27100 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27101 tex-dvi-print-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27103 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27104 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27105 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27106 tex-dvi-view-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27108 tex-show-queue-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27110 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27111
27112 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27113 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27114 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27115
27116 \(fn)" t nil)
27117
27118 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27119 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27120 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27121 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27122 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27123
27124 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27125 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27126 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27127 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27128 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27129 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27130 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27131
27132 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27133 mismatched $'s or braces.
27134
27135 Special commands:
27136 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27137
27138 Mode variables:
27139 slitex-run-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27141 tex-directory
27142 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27143 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27144 tex-dvi-print-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27146 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27147 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27148 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27149 tex-dvi-view-command
27150 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27151 tex-show-queue-command
27152 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27153 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27154
27155 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27156 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27157 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27158 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27159
27160 \(fn)" t nil)
27161
27162 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27163
27164
27165 \(fn)" nil nil)
27166
27167 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27168 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27169
27170 \(fn)" t nil)
27171
27172 ;;;***
27173 \f
27174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 25465
27175 ;;;;;; 360934 87000))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27177
27178 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27179 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27180 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27181 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27182
27183 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27184 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27185 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27186
27187 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27188
27189 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27190 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27191 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27192 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27193 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27194
27195 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27196
27197 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27198 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27199 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27200 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27201
27202 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27203 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27204 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27205 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27206
27207 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27208 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27209
27210 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27211
27212 ;;;***
27213 \f
27214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 25465
27215 ;;;;;; 360934 87000))
27216 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27217
27218 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27219 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27220
27221 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27222
27223 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27224 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27225
27226 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27227
27228 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27229 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27230
27231 It has these extra commands:
27232 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27233
27234 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27235 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27236 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27237 modified version of TeX input format.
27238
27239 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27240 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27241 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27242 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27243
27244 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27245 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27246 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27247 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27248 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27249 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27250 in the Texinfo file.
27251
27252 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27253 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27254 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27255 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27256 move forward past the closing brace.
27257
27258 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27259 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27260
27261 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27262 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27263 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27264
27265 Here are the functions:
27266
27267 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27268 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27269 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27270
27271 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27272 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27273 texinfo-master-menu
27274
27275 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27276
27277 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27278 which menu descriptions are indented.
27279
27280 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27281 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27282 in the region.
27283
27284 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27285 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27286 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27287 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27288
27289 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27290 be the first node in the file.
27291
27292 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27293 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27294
27295 \(fn)" t nil)
27296
27297 ;;;***
27298 \f
27299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27300 ;;;;;; 25465 211934 751000))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27302
27303 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27304 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27305 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27306 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27307
27308 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27309
27310 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27311 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27312
27313 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27314
27315 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27316 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27317
27318 \(fn)" t nil)
27319
27320 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27321
27322
27323 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27324
27325 ;;;***
27326 \f
27327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 25465 361934
27328 ;;;;;; 83000))
27329 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27330
27331 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27332 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27333 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27334 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27335 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27336 `line', and `page'.
27337
27338 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27339
27340 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27341 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27342 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27343 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27344 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27345 `line', and `page'.
27346
27347 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27348 valid THING.
27349
27350 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27351 positions of the thing found.
27352
27353 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27356 Return the THING at point.
27357 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27358 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27359 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27360 `line', `number', and `page'.
27361
27362 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27363 strip text properties from the return value.
27364
27365 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27366 a symbol as a valid THING.
27367
27368 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27369
27370 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27371 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27372
27373 \(fn)" nil nil)
27374
27375 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27376 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27377
27378 \(fn)" nil nil)
27379
27380 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27381 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27382
27383 \(fn)" nil nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27386 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27387
27388 \(fn)" nil nil)
27389
27390 ;;;***
27391 \f
27392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 25465 361934 83000))
27393 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27394
27395 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27396 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27397
27398 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27399
27400 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27401 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27402 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27403 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27404
27405 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27406
27407 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27408 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27409
27410 \(fn)" t nil)
27411
27412 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27413 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27414
27415 \(fn)" t nil)
27416
27417 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27418
27419 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27420 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27421
27422 \(fn)" t nil)
27423
27424 ;;;***
27425 \f
27426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27427 ;;;;;; 25465 212934 747000))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27429
27430 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27431 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27432 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27433
27434 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27435
27436 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27437 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27438
27439 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27440
27441 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27442 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27443 The returned string has no composition information.
27444
27445 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27446
27447 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27448 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27449
27450 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27453 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27454
27455 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27458 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27459 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27460 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27461
27462 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27463
27464 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27465 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27466 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27467 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27468
27469 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27470
27471 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27472 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27473 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27474
27475 \(fn)" t nil)
27476
27477 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27478 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27479 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27480
27481 \(fn)" t nil)
27482
27483 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27484
27485
27486 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27489
27490
27491 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27494
27495
27496 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27497
27498 ;;;***
27499 \f
27500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21710 25547
27501 ;;;;;; 215569 160000))
27502 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27503 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27504
27505 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27506 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27507 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27508 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27509 parameters.
27510 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27511
27512 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27515 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27516 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27517 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27518 parameters.
27519 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27520
27521 \(fn)" t nil)
27522
27523 ;;;***
27524 \f
27525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 25465 361934 83000))
27526 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27527
27528 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27529 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27530
27531 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27532 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27533
27534 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27535 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27536 This display updates automatically every minute.
27537 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27538 are displayed as well.
27539 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27540
27541 \(fn)" t nil)
27542
27543 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27544 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27545 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27548 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27549
27550 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27551
27552 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27553 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27554 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27555 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27556 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27557
27558 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27559 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27560 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27561 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27562 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27563
27564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27567 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27568 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27569 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27570
27571 \(fn)" t nil)
27572
27573 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27574 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27575 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27576 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27577
27578 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27579
27580 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27581 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27582
27583 \(fn)" t nil)
27584
27585 ;;;***
27586 \f
27587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21710
27588 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
27589 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27590
27591 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27592 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27593 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27594
27595 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27596 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27597 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27598 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27599 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27600 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27601
27602 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27603 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27604
27605 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27606
27607 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27608 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27609
27610 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27611
27612 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27613 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27614
27615 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27616
27617 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27618 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27619 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27620
27621 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27622
27623 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27624
27625 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27626 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27627 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27628
27629 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27632 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27633
27634 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27635
27636 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27637 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27638 DATE should be a date-time string.
27639
27640 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27643 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27644 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27645
27646 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27647
27648 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27649 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27650
27651 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27652
27653 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27654 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27655
27656 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27657
27658 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27659 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27660 TIME should be a time value.
27661 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27662
27663 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27666 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27667 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27668
27669 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27672 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27673 The valid format specifiers are:
27674 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27675 %d is the number of days.
27676 %h is the number of hours.
27677 %m is the number of minutes.
27678 %s is the number of seconds.
27679 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27680 %% is a literal \"%\".
27681
27682 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27683 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27684
27685 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27686 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27687 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27688
27689 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27690 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27691 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27692
27693 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27694
27695 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27696
27697 ;;;***
27698 \f
27699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 25465 361934
27700 ;;;;;; 83000))
27701 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27702 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27703 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27704 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27705 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27706 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27707 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27708 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27709 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27710
27711 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27712 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27713 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27714 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27715 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27716 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27717 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27718 look like one of the following:
27719 Time-stamp: <>
27720 Time-stamp: \" \"
27721 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27722 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27723 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27724 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27725 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27726 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27727 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27728 the template.
27729
27730 \(fn)" t nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27733 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27734 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27735
27736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27737
27738 ;;;***
27739 \f
27740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21710
27741 ;;;;;; 25547 61569 846000))
27742 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27743 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27744
27745 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27746 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27747 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27750 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27751
27752 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27753
27754 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27755 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27756 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27757 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27758 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27759 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27760 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27761 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27762 display (non-nil means on).
27763
27764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27765
27766 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27767 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27768 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27769 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27770 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27771 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27772 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27773 this function is called within a day.
27774
27775 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27776 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27777 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27778 discover the name of the project.
27779
27780 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27781
27782 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27783 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27784 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27785 begun during the last time segment.
27786
27787 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27788 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27789 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27790 discover the reason.
27791
27792 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27793
27794 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27795 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27796 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27797 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27798 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27799
27800 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27801
27802 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27803 Change to working on a different project.
27804 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27805 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27806 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27807 working on.
27808
27809 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27810
27811 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27812 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27813 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27814
27815 \(fn)" nil nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27818 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27819 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27820
27821 \(fn)" t nil)
27822
27823 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27824 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27825 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27826 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27827 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27828 \"relative to today\".
27829
27830 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27831
27832 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27833 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27834 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27835 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27836
27837 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27838
27839 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27840 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27841 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27842 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27843 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27844 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27845
27846 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27847
27848 ;;;***
27849 \f
27850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27851 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 204934 783000))
27852 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27853
27854 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27855 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27856 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27857 the generated Quail package is saved.
27858
27859 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27860
27861 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27862 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27863 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27864 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27865 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27866 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27867 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27868
27869 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27870
27871 ;;;***
27872 \f
27873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21710 25547 215569 160000))
27874 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27875 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27876 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27877
27878 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27879 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27880 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27881 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27882 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27883
27884 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27885 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27886 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27887
27888 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27889
27890 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27891 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27892 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27893 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27894 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27895
27896 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27897
27898 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27899 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27900 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27901 in the menu in two ways:
27902 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27903 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27904 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27905
27906 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27907 keymap or an alist of alists.
27908 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27909 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27910
27911 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27912
27913 ;;;***
27914 \f
27915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21732
27916 ;;;;;; 22059 425321 625000))
27917 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27918
27919 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27920 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27921
27922 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27923 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27924 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27925 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27926 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27927 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27928 file was last visited.
27929
27930 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27931 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27932 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27933 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27934 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27935 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27936 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27937 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27938 for the first item.
27939
27940 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27941 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27942 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27943 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27944 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27945 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27946 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27947 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27948
27949 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27950 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27951 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27952 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27953 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27954
27955 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27956 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27957
27958 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27959
27960 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27961 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27962
27963 \\{todo-mode-map}
27964
27965 \(fn)" t nil)
27966
27967 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27968 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27969
27970 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27971
27972 \(fn)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27975 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27976
27977 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27978
27979 \(fn)" t nil)
27980
27981 ;;;***
27982 \f
27983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 25465 362934
27984 ;;;;;; 78000))
27985 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27986
27987 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27988 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27989 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27990
27991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27992
27993 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27994 Add an item to the tool bar.
27995 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27996 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27997 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27998 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27999
28000 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28001 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28002 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28003 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28004
28005 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28006 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28007
28008 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28011 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28012 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28013 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28014 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28015 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28016
28017 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28018 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28019 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28020 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28021
28022 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28023
28024 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28025 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28026 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28027 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28028 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28029 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28030 properties to add to the binding.
28031
28032 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28033
28034 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28035 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28036
28037 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28038
28039 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28040 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28041 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28042 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28043 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28044 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28045 properties to add to the binding.
28046
28047 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28048 holds a keymap.
28049
28050 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28051
28052 ;;;***
28053 \f
28054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 25465 137935
28055 ;;;;;; 81000))
28056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28057
28058 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28059 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28060 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28061 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28062 to a tcp server on another machine.
28063
28064 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28065
28066 ;;;***
28067 \f
28068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 25465
28069 ;;;;;; 137935 81000))
28070 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28071
28072 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28073 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28074
28075 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28076
28077 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28078 Helper function to get internal values.
28079 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28080
28081 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28082
28083 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28084 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28085 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28086 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28087
28088 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28089 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28090 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28091 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28092 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28093
28094 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28095 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28096 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28097 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28098
28099 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28100
28101 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28102
28103 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28104 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28105 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28106 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28107
28108 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28109
28110 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28111
28112 ;;;***
28113 \f
28114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21756 23917 639125
28115 ;;;;;; 436000))
28116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28117
28118 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28119 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28120 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28121
28122 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28123
28124 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28125 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28126
28127 It can have the following values:
28128
28129 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28130 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28131
28132 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28133
28134 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28135 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28136 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28137 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28138
28139 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28140
28141 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28142 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28143 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28144 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28145
28146 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28147 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28148 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28149 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28150 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28151 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28152 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28153 files which are not really Tramp files.
28154
28155 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28156 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28157 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28158 updated after changing this variable.
28159
28160 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28161
28162 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28163 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28164 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28165 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28166
28167 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28168
28169 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28170 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28171 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28172 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28173
28174 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28175 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28176 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28177
28178 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28179 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28180 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28181 updated after changing this variable.
28182
28183 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28184
28185 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28186 Alist of completion handler functions.
28187 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28188 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28189 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28190
28191 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28192 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28193 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28194 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28195
28196 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28197 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28198 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28199
28200 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28201 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28202
28203 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28204 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28205
28206 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28207
28208 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28209
28210
28211 \(fn)" nil nil)
28212
28213 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28214 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28215
28216 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28217
28218 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28219 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28220
28221 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28222
28223 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28224 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28225
28226 \(fn)" t nil)
28227
28228 ;;;***
28229 \f
28230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 25465
28231 ;;;;;; 250934 578000))
28232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28233
28234 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28235
28236
28237 \(fn)" nil nil)
28238
28239 ;;;***
28240 \f
28241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 25465 362934
28242 ;;;;;; 78000))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28244
28245 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28246 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28247 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28248 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28249 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28250 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28251 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28252 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28253
28254 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28255 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28256 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28257
28258 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28259 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28260 resumed later.
28261
28262 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28263
28264 ;;;***
28265 \f
28266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21710 25465
28267 ;;;;;; 212934 747000))
28268 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28269
28270 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28271
28272
28273 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28278 ;;;;;; 25465 361934 83000))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28280 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28281 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28282 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28283
28284 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28285 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28286 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28287 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28288 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28289 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28290 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28291
28292 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28293
28294 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28295 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28296 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28297 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28298
28299 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28300
28301 \(fn)" t nil)
28302
28303 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28304 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28305 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28306 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28307 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28308 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28309 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28310
28311 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28312 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28313
28314 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28315 \\___/\\
28316 / \\
28317 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28318
28319 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28320
28321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28322
28323 ;;;***
28324 \f
28325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21710 25547 216569
28326 ;;;;;; 155000))
28327 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28328
28329 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28330 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28331 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28333 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28334 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28335
28336 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28337
28338 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28339 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28340 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28341
28342 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28343 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28344 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28345 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28346 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28347 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28348 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28349
28350 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28351 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28352
28353 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28354 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28355 reset the keystroke counter.
28356
28357 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28358 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28359 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28360 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28361
28362 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28363 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28364 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28365 `type-break-schedule' command.
28366
28367 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28368 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28369 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28370 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28371 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28372 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28373 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28374 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28375 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28376
28377 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28378 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28379 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28380 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28381 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28382
28383 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28384 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28385 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28386 approximate good values for this.
28387
28388 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28389 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28390
28391 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28392 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28393 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28394 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28395 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28396 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28397
28398 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28399 a typing break occur. They include:
28400
28401 `type-break-query-mode'
28402 `type-break-query-function'
28403 `type-break-query-interval'
28404
28405 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28406
28407 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28408 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28409 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28410 problems.
28411
28412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28413
28414 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28415 Take a typing break.
28416
28417 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28418 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28419
28420 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28421 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28422
28423 \(fn)" t nil)
28424
28425 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28426 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28427 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28428 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28429
28430 \(fn)" t nil)
28431
28432 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28433 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28434
28435 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28436 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28437 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28438 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28439 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28440 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28441 average typing speed.)
28442
28443 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28444 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28445 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28446 the computed maximum threshold.
28447
28448 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28449 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28450 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28451 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28452 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28453
28454 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28455
28456 ;;;***
28457 \f
28458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 25465 230934 667000))
28459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28460
28461 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28462 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28463 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28464 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28465 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28466
28467 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28468
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28472 ;;;;;; (21710 25465 204934 783000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28474
28475 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28476 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28477
28478 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28479
28480 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28481 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28482
28483 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28484
28485 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28486 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28487
28488 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28489
28490 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28491 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28492
28493 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28494
28495 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28496 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28497
28498 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28501 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28502
28503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28504
28505 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28506 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28507
28508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28511 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28512
28513 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28514
28515 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28516 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28517
28518 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28519
28520 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28521 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28522
28523 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28524
28525 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28526 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28527
28528 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28529
28530 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28531 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28532
28533 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28534
28535 ;;;***
28536 \f
28537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28538 ;;;;;; 25465 361934 83000))
28539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28540
28541 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28542 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28543 Works by overstriking underscores.
28544 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28545 which specify the range to operate on.
28546
28547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28548
28549 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28550 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28551 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28552 which specify the range to operate on.
28553
28554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28555
28556 ;;;***
28557 \f
28558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 25465 230934
28559 ;;;;;; 667000))
28560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28561
28562 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28563 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28564 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28565 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28566 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28567 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28568
28569 \(fn)" nil nil)
28570
28571 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28572 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28573 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28574
28575 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28576
28577 ;;;***
28578 \f
28579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 25465
28580 ;;;;;; 137935 81000))
28581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28582
28583 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28584 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28585 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28586 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28587
28588 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28589
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21710 25547 217569 151000))
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28594
28595 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28596 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28597 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28598 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28599 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28600
28601 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28602 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28603 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28604 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28605 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28606 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28607
28608 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28609 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28610 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28611
28612 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28613 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28614 the callback is not called).
28615
28616 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28617 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28618 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28619 take effect.
28620
28621 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28622 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28623 the server.
28624 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28625 URL-encoded before it's used.
28626
28627 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28628
28629 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28630 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28631 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28632 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28633 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28634
28635 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28636
28637 ;;;***
28638 \f
28639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 25465 363934
28640 ;;;;;; 74000))
28641 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28642
28643 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28644 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28645 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28646
28647 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28648 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28649 `url-generic-parse-url'
28650 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28651 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28652 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28653 realm
28654 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28655 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28656 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28657 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28658 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28659 what type of auth to use
28660 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28661 if one cannot be found in the cache
28662
28663 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28666 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28667
28668 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28669 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28670 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28671 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28672 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28673 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28674 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28675 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28676
28677 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28678
28679 ;;;***
28680 \f
28681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21710 25547
28682 ;;;;;; 216569 155000))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28684
28685 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28686 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28687
28688 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28689
28690 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28691 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28692 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28693
28694 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28697 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28698
28699 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28700
28701 ;;;***
28702 \f
28703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 25465 363934
28704 ;;;;;; 74000))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28706
28707 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28708
28709
28710 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28711
28712 ;;;***
28713 \f
28714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21710 25547 216569
28715 ;;;;;; 155000))
28716 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28717
28718 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28719 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28720 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28721
28722 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28725 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28726 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28727 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28728
28729 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28730 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28731 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28732 though.
28733
28734 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28735
28736 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28737 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28738 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28739
28740 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28741
28742 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28743
28744
28745 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28746
28747 ;;;***
28748 \f
28749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 25465 364934
28750 ;;;;;; 69000))
28751 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28752
28753 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28754 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28755
28756 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28757
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21710 25547 217569
28761 ;;;;;; 151000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28763
28764 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28765 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28766
28767 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28768
28769 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28770 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28771 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28772 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28773 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28774
28775 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28776
28777 ;;;***
28778 \f
28779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21710
28780 ;;;;;; 25547 217569 151000))
28781 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28782
28783 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28784 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28785 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28788 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28789
28790 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28791
28792 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28793 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28795 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28797
28798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28799
28800 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28801 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28802 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28803 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28804
28805 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28806
28807 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28808 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28809 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28810 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28811 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28812 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28813 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28814 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28815 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28816 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28817
28818 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28819
28820 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28821 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28822 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28823 accessible.
28824
28825 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28826
28827 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28828
28829
28830 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28831
28832 ;;;***
28833 \f
28834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21710 25547 217569
28835 ;;;;;; 151000))
28836 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28837 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28838
28839 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28840 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28841 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28842 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28843 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28844
28845 ;;;***
28846 \f
28847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 25465 365934
28848 ;;;;;; 65000))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28850
28851 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28852
28853
28854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28855
28856 ;;;***
28857 \f
28858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 25465 365934
28859 ;;;;;; 65000))
28860 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28861
28862 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28863 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28864 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28865 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28866 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28867
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28869
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 25465
28873 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28875
28876 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28877
28878
28879 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28880
28881 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28882 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28883
28884 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28885
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 25465 365934
28889 ;;;;;; 65000))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28891
28892 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28893 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28894
28895 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896
28897 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28898 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28899
28900 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28901
28902 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28903
28904
28905 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28908
28909 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28910
28911 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28912
28913 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28914 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28915
28916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 25465 365934
28921 ;;;;;; 65000))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28925
28926
28927 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28928
28929 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28930
28931
28932 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 25465 365934
28937 ;;;;;; 65000))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28939
28940 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28941
28942
28943 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28944
28945 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28946
28947
28948 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28949
28950 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28951
28952
28953 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28954
28955 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28956
28957
28958 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28959
28960 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28961
28962
28963 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28964
28965 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28966
28967
28968 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28971
28972
28973 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28974
28975 ;;;***
28976 \f
28977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 25465
28978 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
28979 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28980
28981 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28982 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28983
28984 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28985
28986 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28987 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28988 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28989
28990 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28991 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28992 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28993 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28994 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28995 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28996 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28997 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28998 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28999 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29000 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29001 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29002 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29003 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29004
29005 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29006 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29007 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29008
29009 Here is an example. The URL
29010
29011 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29012
29013 parses to
29014
29015 TYPE = \"foo\"
29016 USER = \"bob\"
29017 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29018 HOST = \"example.com\"
29019 PORTSPEC = 42
29020 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29021 TARGET = \"nose\"
29022 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29023 FULLNESS = t
29024
29025 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29026
29027 ;;;***
29028 \f
29029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 25465
29030 ;;;;;; 365934 65000))
29031 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29032
29033 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29034 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29035
29036 \(fn)" t nil)
29037
29038 ;;;***
29039 \f
29040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21710 25547
29041 ;;;;;; 217569 151000))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29043
29044 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29045 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29046 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29047 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29048 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29049 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29050
29051 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29052
29053 ;;;***
29054 \f
29055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21710 25547 217569
29056 ;;;;;; 151000))
29057 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29058
29059 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29060 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29061 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29062
29063 If t, all messages will be logged.
29064 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29065 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29066
29067 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29068
29069 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29070
29071
29072 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29073
29074 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29075
29076
29077 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29080 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29081 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29082 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29083 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29084 & ==> &amp;
29085 < ==> &lt;
29086 > ==> &gt;
29087 \" ==> &quot;
29088
29089 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29090
29091 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29092 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29093 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29094
29095 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29098 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29099 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29100
29101 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29104 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29105
29106 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29109 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29110
29111 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29114 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29115
29116 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29119
29120
29121 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29124
29125
29126 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29129
29130 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29131 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29132
29133 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29134
29135 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29136 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29137
29138 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29141
29142
29143 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29144
29145 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29146 Build a query-string.
29147
29148 Given a QUERY in the form:
29149 '((key1 val1)
29150 (key2 val2)
29151 (key3 val1 val2)
29152 (key4)
29153 (key5 \"\"))
29154
29155 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29156
29157 This will return a string
29158 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29159 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29160 be used.
29161
29162 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29163
29164 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29165 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29166
29167 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29170 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29171 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29172 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29173 forbidden in URL encoding.
29174
29175 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29178 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29179 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29180 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29181 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29182 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29183
29184 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29185 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29186 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29187 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29188
29189 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29192 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29193 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29194 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29195 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29196 should return it unchanged.
29197
29198 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29201 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29202 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29203 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29204
29205 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29206
29207 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29208 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29209 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29210
29211 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29212
29213 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29214 View the current document's URL.
29215 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29216 the minibuffer.
29217
29218 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29219
29220 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29221
29222 ;;;***
29223 \f
29224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 25465 366934
29225 ;;;;;; 60000))
29226 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29227
29228 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29229 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29230 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29231 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29232 to refrain from editing the file
29233 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29234 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29235 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29236 in any way you like.
29237
29238 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29239
29240 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29241 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29242 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29243 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29244 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29245
29246 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29247 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29248
29249 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29250
29251 ;;;***
29252 \f
29253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 25465
29254 ;;;;;; 204934 783000))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29256
29257 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29258
29259
29260 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29263
29264
29265 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29268
29269
29270 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29273
29274
29275 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29276
29277 ;;;***
29278 \f
29279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29281
29282 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29283 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29284
29285 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29286
29287 ;;;***
29288 \f
29289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 25465
29290 ;;;;;; 230934 667000))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29292
29293 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29294 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29295 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29296 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29297
29298 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29299
29300 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29301 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29302 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29303
29304 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29305
29306 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29307 Uudecode region between START and END.
29308 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29309
29310 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29311
29312 ;;;***
29313 \f
29314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21710 25547 224569 119000))
29315 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29316
29317 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29318 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29319 See `run-hooks'.")
29320
29321 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29322
29323 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29324 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29325 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29326
29327 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29328
29329 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29330 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29331 See `run-hooks'.")
29332
29333 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29334
29335 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29336 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29337 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29338 same state. If not, signal an error.
29339
29340 For merging-based version control systems:
29341 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29342 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29343 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29344 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29345 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29346 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29347
29348 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29349 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29350 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29351 the file(s) for editing.
29352 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29353 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29354 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29355 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29356 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29357 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29358
29359 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29360
29361 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29362 Register into a version control system.
29363 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29364 Otherwise register the current file.
29365 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29366 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29367
29368 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29369 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29370 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29371 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29372 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29373 first backend that could register the file is used.
29374
29375 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29376
29377 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29378 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29379
29380 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29381
29382 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29383 Display diffs between file revisions.
29384 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29385 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29386 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29387
29388 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29389 saving the buffer.
29390
29391 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29392
29393 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29394 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29395 repository history using ediff.
29396
29397 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29400 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29401 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29402 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29403 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29404
29405 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29406 saving the buffer.
29407
29408 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29409
29410 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29411 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29412 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29413 fileset with the working revision.
29414 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29415 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29416
29417 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29418 saving the buffer.
29419
29420 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29421
29422 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29423 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29424 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29425 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29426
29427 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29430 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29431 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29432 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29433
29434 \(fn)" t nil)
29435
29436 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29437 Perform a version control merge operation.
29438 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29439 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29440 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29441 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29442
29443 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29444 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29445 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29446 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29447 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29448 changes from the current branch.
29449
29450 \(fn)" t nil)
29451
29452 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29453
29454 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29455 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29456 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29457 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29458 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29459 checked out in that new branch.
29460
29461 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29462
29463 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29464 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29465 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29466 named branch in the directory DIR.
29467 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29468 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29469 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29470 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29471 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29472 allowed and simply skipped).
29473
29474 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29475
29476 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29477 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29478 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29479 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29480 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29481
29482 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29483 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29484
29485 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29486
29487 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29488 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29489 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29490 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29491 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29492
29493 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29496 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29497 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29498
29499 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29500
29501 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29502 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29503 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29504
29505 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29506
29507 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29508 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29509 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29510 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29511
29512 \(fn)" t nil)
29513
29514 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29515 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29516 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29517 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29518
29519 \(fn)" t nil)
29520
29521 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29522
29523 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29524 Update the current fileset or branch.
29525 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29526 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29527 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29528 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29529
29530 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29531 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29532 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29533 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29534 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29535
29536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29537
29538 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29539
29540 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29541 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29542 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29543 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29544 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29545 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29546 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29547
29548 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29549
29550 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29551 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29552 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29553 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29554 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29555 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29556 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29557 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29558 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29559
29560 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29561
29562 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29563 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29564 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29565 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29566
29567 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29568
29569 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29570 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29571 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29572 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29573
29574 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29575
29576 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29577 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29578 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29579 directory.
29580
29581 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29582
29583 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29584 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29585 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29586
29587 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29588 log entries should be gathered.
29589
29590 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29591
29592 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29593 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29594
29595 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29596
29597 ;;;***
29598 \f
29599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21710 25547
29600 ;;;;;; 220569 137000))
29601 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29602
29603 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29604 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29605
29606 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29607 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29608 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29609 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29610 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29611 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29612
29613 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29614 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29615 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29616 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29617 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29618 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29619 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29620 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29621
29622 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29623
29624 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29625
29626 Customization variables:
29627
29628 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29629 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29630 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29631 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29632
29633 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29634
29635 ;;;***
29636 \f
29637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21710 25547 221569
29638 ;;;;;; 133000))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29640 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29641 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29642 (progn
29643 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29644 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29645
29646 ;;;***
29647 \f
29648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21710 25547 221569
29649 ;;;;;; 133000))
29650 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29651
29652 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29653 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29654
29655 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29656 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29657 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29658 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29659 (progn
29660 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29661 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29662
29663 ;;;***
29664 \f
29665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21710 25547 221569
29666 ;;;;;; 133000))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29668 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29669 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29670 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29671 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29672 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29673 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29674
29675 ;;;***
29676 \f
29677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21710 25547 221569
29678 ;;;;;; 133000))
29679 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29680
29681 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29682 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29683 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29684 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29685 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29686
29687 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29688 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29689 The file lines appear later.
29690
29691 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29692 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29693
29694 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29695
29696 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29697
29698 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29699
29700 ;;;***
29701 \f
29702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21710
29703 ;;;;;; 25547 222569 128000))
29704 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29705
29706 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29707 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29708 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29709 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29710 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29711 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29712 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29713 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29714 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29715 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29716 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29717 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29718 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29719 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29720 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29721
29722 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29723
29724 ;;;***
29725 \f
29726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21710 25547 222569
29727 ;;;;;; 128000))
29728 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29729 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29730 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29731 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29732 (progn
29733 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29734 (vc-git-registered file))))
29735
29736 ;;;***
29737 \f
29738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21710 25547 222569 128000))
29739 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29740 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29741 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29742 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29743 (progn
29744 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29745 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29746
29747 ;;;***
29748 \f
29749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21710 25547 223569
29750 ;;;;;; 124000))
29751 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29752
29753 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29754 Name of the monotone directory.")
29755
29756 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29757 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29758 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29759 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29760 (progn
29761 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29762 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29763
29764 ;;;***
29765 \f
29766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21710 25547 223569
29767 ;;;;;; 124000))
29768 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29769
29770 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29771 Where to look for RCS master files.
29772 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29773
29774 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29775
29776 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29777
29778 ;;;***
29779 \f
29780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21710 25547 223569
29781 ;;;;;; 124000))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29783
29784 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29785 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29786 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29787
29788 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29789
29790 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29791
29792 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29793 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29794 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29795 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29796
29797 ;;;***
29798 \f
29799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21710 25547 223569
29800 ;;;;;; 124000))
29801 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29802 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29803 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29804 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29805 "_svn")
29806 (t ".svn"))))
29807 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29808 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29809 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29810
29811 ;;;***
29812 \f
29813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21710
29814 ;;;;;; 25547 190569 271000))
29815 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29816 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29817 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29818
29819 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29820 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29821
29822 Usage:
29823 ------
29824
29825 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29826 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29827 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29828 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29829
29830 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29831 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29832 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29833 completions.
29834
29835 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29836 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29837
29838 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29839 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29840
29841 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29842 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29843 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29844
29845 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29846
29847
29848 Maintenance:
29849 ------------
29850
29851 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29852 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29853
29854 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29855
29856 Official distribution is at
29857 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29858
29859
29860 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29861 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29862
29863 Key bindings:
29864 -------------
29865
29866 \\{vera-mode-map}
29867
29868 \(fn)" t nil)
29869
29870 ;;;***
29871 \f
29872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29873 ;;;;;; (21710 25547 192569 262000))
29874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29875
29876 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29877 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29878 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29879 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29880 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29881
29882 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29883
29884 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29885 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29886
29887 Supports highlighting.
29888
29889 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29890 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29891
29892 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29893
29894 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29895 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29896 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29897 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29898 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29899 on the left side of your screen.
29900 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29901 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29902 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29903 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29904 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29905 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29906 function keyword.
29907 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29908 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29909 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29910 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29911 if (a)
29912 begin
29913 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29914 Indentation for case statements.
29915 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29916 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29917 mark after an end.
29918 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29919 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29920 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29921 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29922 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29923 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29924 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29925 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29926 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29927 if (a)
29928 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29929 otherwise you get:
29930 if (a)
29931 begin
29932 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29933 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29934 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29935 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29936 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29937 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29938 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29939 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29940 comments in tight quarters.
29941 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29942 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29943
29944 Variables controlling other actions:
29945
29946 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29947 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29948 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29949
29950 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29951
29952 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29953
29954 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29955 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29956 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29957
29958 Some other functions are:
29959
29960 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29961 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29962 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29963 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29964 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29965
29966 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29967 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29968 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29969 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29970
29971 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29972 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29973 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29974 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29975 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29976 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29977 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29978 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29979 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29980 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29981 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29982 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29983 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29984 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29985 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29986 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29987 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29988 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29989 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29990 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29991 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29992 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29993 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29994 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29995 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29996 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29997 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29998 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29999 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30000 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30001 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30002
30003 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30004 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30005
30006 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30007
30008 \(fn)" t nil)
30009
30010 ;;;***
30011 \f
30012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21710
30013 ;;;;;; 25547 195569 249000))
30014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30015
30016 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30017 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30018
30019 Usage:
30020 ------
30021
30022 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30023 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30024 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30025 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30026 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30027 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30028 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30029 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30030 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30031
30032 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30033 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30034 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30035 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30036
30037 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30038 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30039 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30040 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30041 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30042
30043 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30044 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30045
30046
30047 HEADER INSERTION:
30048 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30049 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30050 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30051
30052
30053 STUTTERING:
30054 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30055 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30056 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30057 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30058
30059 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30060 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30061 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30062 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30063 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30064
30065
30066 WORD COMPLETION:
30067 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30068 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30069 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30070 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30071
30072 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30073 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30074 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30075 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30076 beginning with \"std\").
30077
30078 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30079 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30080 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30081 stop.
30082
30083
30084 COMMENTS:
30085 `--' puts a single comment.
30086 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30087 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30088 with a comment in between.
30089 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30090 out following lines.
30091 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30092 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30093 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30094 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30095
30096 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30097 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30098 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30099 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30100 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30101 non-nil.
30102
30103 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30104 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30105 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30106 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30107 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30108 multi-line comments.
30109
30110
30111 INDENTATION:
30112 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30113 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30114 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30115 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30116 the entire region.
30117
30118 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30119 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30120 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30121 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30122
30123 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30124 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30125 and vice versa.
30126
30127 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30128 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30129
30130 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30131 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30132 line.
30133
30134
30135 ALIGNMENT:
30136 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30137 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30138 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30139 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30140 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30141 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30142 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30143 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30144
30145 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30146 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30147 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30148 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30149 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30150 is non-nil.
30151
30152 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30153 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30154 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30155
30156 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30157 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30158
30159
30160 CODE FILLING:
30161 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30162 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30163 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30164 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30165 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30166 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30167
30168
30169 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30170 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30171 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30172 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30173 command:
30174
30175 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30176
30177
30178 PORT TRANSLATION:
30179 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30180 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30181 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30182 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30183 internal signal initializations (menu).
30184
30185 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30186 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30187 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30188
30189 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30190 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30191 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30192 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30193 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30194 in subsequent paste operations.)
30195
30196 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30197 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30198 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30199
30200
30201 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30202 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30203 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30204 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30205 association list with formals).
30206
30207
30208 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30209 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30210 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30211 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30212 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30213 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30214 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30215 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30216 `vhdl-testbench'.
30217
30218
30219 KEY BINDINGS:
30220 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30221
30222
30223 VHDL MENU:
30224 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30225
30226
30227 FILE BROWSER:
30228 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30229 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30230 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30231
30232 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30233 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30234
30235
30236 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30237 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30238 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30239 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30240
30241 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30242 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30243 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30244
30245 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30246 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30247 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30248 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30249
30250 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30251 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30252 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30253 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30254 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30255
30256 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30257 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30258 required by secondary units.
30259
30260
30261 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30262 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30263 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30264 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30265 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30266 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30267 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30268 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30269 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30270 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30271 inputs to this component -> input port created
30272 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30273 outputs from this component -> output port created
30274 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30275 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30276
30277 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30278 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30279 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30280 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30281 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30282
30283 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30284 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30285
30286 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30287 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30288 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30289 component instantiation is also supported (option
30290 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30291
30292 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30293 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30294 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30295 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30296 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30297 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30298 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30299 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30300 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30301 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30302 generating the configuration.
30303
30304 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30305 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30306 configurations in speedbar.
30307
30308 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30309
30310
30311 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30312 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30313 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30314 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30315 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30316 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30317 information. New compilers can be added.
30318
30319 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30320 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30321
30322
30323 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30324 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30325 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30326 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30327 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30328
30329 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30330 command:
30331
30332 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30333 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30334 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30335
30336 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30337 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30338 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30339 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30340 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30341 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30342 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30343 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30344 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30345
30346 Limitations:
30347 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30348 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30349 not (yet) supported.
30350 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30351 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30352 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30353
30354
30355 PROJECTS:
30356 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30357 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30358 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30359 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30360 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30361 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30362 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30363 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30364
30365 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30366 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30367 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30368 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30369 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30370 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30371 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30372 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30373 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30374 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30375 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30376
30377
30378 SPECIAL MENUES:
30379 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30380 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30381 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30382 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30383 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30384 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30385 current directory for VHDL source files.
30386
30387
30388 VHDL STANDARDS:
30389 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30390 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30391
30392
30393 KEYWORD CASE:
30394 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30395 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30396 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30397 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30398 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30399 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30400 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30401 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30402
30403
30404 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30405 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30406 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30407 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30408 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30409 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30410 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30411
30412 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30413 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30414 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30415 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30416 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30417 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30418
30419 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30420 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30421 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30422 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30423 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30424 visually.
30425
30426 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30427 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30428 highlighted if written in lower case.
30429
30430 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30431 highlighted using a different background color if option
30432 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30433
30434 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30435 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30436 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30437 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30438 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30439
30440
30441 USER MODELS:
30442 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30443 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30444 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30445
30446
30447 HIDE/SHOW:
30448 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30449 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30450 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30451 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30452 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30453
30454
30455 CODE UPDATING:
30456 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30457 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30458 Limitations:
30459 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30460 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30461 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30462 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30463 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30464 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30465 (used to obtain the port names).
30466 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30467 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30468 sensitivity lists.
30469
30470
30471 CODE FIXING:
30472 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30473 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30474
30475
30476 PRINTING:
30477 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30478 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30479 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30480 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30481 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30482 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30483 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30484 printers.
30485
30486
30487 OPTIONS:
30488 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30489 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30490 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30491 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30492 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30493
30494 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30495 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30496 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30497 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30498 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30499 INSTALL file).
30500
30501 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30502 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30503
30504
30505 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30506 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30507 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30508 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30509
30510 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30511
30512
30513 HINTS:
30514 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30515 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30516
30517 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30518
30519 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30520
30521 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30522
30523
30524 RELEASE NOTES:
30525 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30526
30527
30528 Maintenance:
30529 ------------
30530
30531 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30532 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30533
30534 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30535
30536 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30537 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30538 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30539 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30540
30541 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30542 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30543 where the latest version can be found.
30544
30545
30546 Known problems:
30547 ---------------
30548
30549 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30550 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30551 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30552 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30553
30554
30555 The VHDL Mode Authors
30556 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30557
30558 Key bindings:
30559 -------------
30560
30561 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30562
30563 \(fn)" t nil)
30564
30565 ;;;***
30566 \f
30567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30568 ;;;;;; 25465 212934 747000))
30569 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30570
30571 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30572 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30573
30574 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30575
30576 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30577 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30578 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30579 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30580
30581 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30582
30583 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30584 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30585
30586 \(fn)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30589 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30590 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30591 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30592
30593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30594
30595 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30596 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30597
30598 \(fn)" t nil)
30599
30600 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30601
30602
30603 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30604
30605 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30606
30607
30608 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30609
30610 ;;;***
30611 \f
30612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 25465 376934 16000))
30613 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30614
30615 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30616 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30617 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30618
30619 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30620
30621 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30622 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30623 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30624 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30625
30626 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30627
30628 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30629 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30630
30631 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30632
30633 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30634 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30635 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30636 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30637 moving around in the buffer.
30638 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30639 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30640
30641 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30642
30643 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30644
30645 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30646 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30647 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30648 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30649
30650 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30651 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30652 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30653 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30654 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30655
30656 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30657
30658 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30659
30660 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30661 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30662 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30663 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30664 buffer.
30665
30666 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30667 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30668 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30669 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30670 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30671
30672 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30673
30674 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30675
30676 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30677 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30678 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30679 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30680 moving around in the buffer.
30681 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30682 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30683
30684 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30685
30686 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30687 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30688 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30689
30690 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30691 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30692 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30693 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30694
30695 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30696 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30697 own View-like bindings.
30698
30699 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30700
30701 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30702 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30703 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30704 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30705 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30706 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30707 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30708
30709 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30710
30711 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30712
30713 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30714 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30715 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30716
30717 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30718 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30719 own View-like bindings.
30720
30721 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30722
30723 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30724 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30725 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30726 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30727 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30728 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30729 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30730
30731 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30732
30733 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30734
30735 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30736 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30737 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30738
30739 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30740 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30741 own View-like bindings.
30742
30743 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30744
30745 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30746 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30748 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30749 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30750
30751 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30752 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30753 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30754 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30755
30756 \\<view-mode-map>
30757
30758 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30759 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30760 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30761 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30762 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30763 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30764 to a repeat count of one.
30765
30766 H, h, ? This message.
30767 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30768 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30769 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30770 > move to the end of buffer.
30771 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30772 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30773 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30774 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30775 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30776 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30777 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30778 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30779 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30780 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30781 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30782 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30783 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30784 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30785 Use this to view a changing file.
30786 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30787 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30788 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30789 . set the mark.
30790 x exchanges point and mark.
30791 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30792 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30793 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30794 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30795 ' go to position saved in character register.
30796 s do forward incremental search.
30797 r do reverse incremental search.
30798 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30799 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30800 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30801 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30802 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30803 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30804 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30805 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30806 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30807 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30808 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30809 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30810 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30811 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30812 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30813 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30814 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30815
30816 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30817 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30818 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30819 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30820 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30821 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30822 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30823 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30824 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30825
30826 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30827
30828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30829
30830 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30831 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30832 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30833 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30834 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30835 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30836 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30837 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30838 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30839
30840 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30841
30842 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30843
30844 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30845 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30846 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30847 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30848 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30849 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30850
30851 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30852 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30853 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30854
30855 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30856
30857 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30858
30859 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30860
30861 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30862 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30863
30864 \(fn)" t nil)
30865
30866 ;;;***
30867 \f
30868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 25465 141935
30869 ;;;;;; 64000))
30870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30871 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30872
30873 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30874 Toggle Viper on/off.
30875 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30876
30877 \(fn)" t nil)
30878
30879 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30880 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30881
30882 \(fn)" t nil)
30883
30884 ;;;***
30885 \f
30886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30887 ;;;;;; 25465 138935 77000))
30888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30889
30890 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30891 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30892 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30893 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30894 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30895 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30896 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30897 the beginning of the warning.")
30898
30899 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30900 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30901 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30902 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30903 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30904 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30905 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30906 also call that function before the next warning.")
30907
30908 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30909 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30910
30911 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30912 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30913 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30914 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30915
30916 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30917 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30918 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30919 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30920 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30921 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30922
30923 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30924 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30925 Default is :warning.
30926
30927 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30928 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30929 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30930 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30931 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30932 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30933
30934 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30935 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30936 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30937
30938 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30939
30940 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30941 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30942
30943 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30944
30945 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30946 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30947 \\<special-mode-map>
30948 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30949 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30950
30951 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30952 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30953 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30954 can be whatever you like.)
30955
30956 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30957 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30958
30959 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30960 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30961 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30962 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30963 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30964
30965 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30966
30967 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30968 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30969 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30970 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30971 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30972
30973 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30974
30975 ;;;***
30976 \f
30977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 25465 377934 11000))
30978 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30979 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30980
30981 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30982 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30983 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30984 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30985 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30986 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30987 directories to reflect your edits.
30988
30989 See `wdired-mode'.
30990
30991 \(fn)" t nil)
30992
30993 ;;;***
30994 \f
30995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 25465 253934
30996 ;;;;;; 564000))
30997 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30998
30999 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31000 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31001
31002 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31003 hotlist.
31004
31005 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31006 <nwv@acm.org>.
31007
31008 \(fn)" t nil)
31009
31010 ;;;***
31011 \f
31012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21710
31013 ;;;;;; 25547 195569 249000))
31014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31015 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31016 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31017
31018 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31019
31020 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31021 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31022 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31024 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31025 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31026
31027 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31028
31029 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31030 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31031 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31032 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31033 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31034
31035 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31036 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31037 in certain major modes.
31038
31039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31040
31041 ;;;***
31042 \f
31043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21710 25547 225569
31044 ;;;;;; 115000))
31045 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31046 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31047
31048 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31049 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31050 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31051 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31052 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31053
31054 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31055 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31056
31057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31058
31059 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31060 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31062 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31063 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31064
31065 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31066 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31067 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31068 use `whitespace-mode'.
31069
31070 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31071
31072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31073
31074 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31075 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31076 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31077 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31078 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31079 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31080
31081 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31082
31083 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31084 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31085 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31086 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31087 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31088
31089 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31090 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31091
31092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31093
31094 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31095 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31096 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31099 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31100
31101 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31102
31103 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31104 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31105 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31106 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31107 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31108
31109 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31110 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31111 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31112 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31113
31114 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31115
31116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31117
31118 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31119 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31120
31121 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31122 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31123
31124 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31125 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31126
31127 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31128
31129 CHAR MEANING
31130 (VIA FACES)
31131 f toggle face visualization
31132 t toggle TAB visualization
31133 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31134 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31135 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31136 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31137 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31138 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31139 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31140 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31141 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31142 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31143 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31144 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31145 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31146 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31147 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31148
31149 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31150 T toggle TAB visualization
31151 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31152 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31153
31154 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31155 ? display brief help
31156
31157 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31158 The valid symbols are:
31159
31160 face toggle face visualization
31161 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31162 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31163 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31164 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31165 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31166 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31167 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31168 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31169 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31170 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31171 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31172 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31173 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31174 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31175 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31176 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31177
31178 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31179 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31180 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31181
31182 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31183
31184 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31185
31186 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31187
31188 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31189 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31190
31191 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31192 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31193
31194 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31195 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31196
31197 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31198
31199 CHAR MEANING
31200 (VIA FACES)
31201 f toggle face visualization
31202 t toggle TAB visualization
31203 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31204 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31205 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31206 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31207 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31208 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31209 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31210 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31211 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31212 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31213 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31214 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31215 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31216 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31217 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31218
31219 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31220 T toggle TAB visualization
31221 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31222 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31223
31224 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31225 ? display brief help
31226
31227 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31228 The valid symbols are:
31229
31230 face toggle face visualization
31231 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31232 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31233 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31234 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31235 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31236 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31237 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31238 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31239 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31240 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31241 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31242 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31243 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31244 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31245 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31246 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31247
31248 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31249 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31250 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31251
31252 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31253
31254 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31255
31256 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31257
31258 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31259 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31260
31261 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31262 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31263 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31264 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31265 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31266
31267 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31268
31269 The problems cleaned up are:
31270
31271 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31272 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31274 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31275
31276 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31277 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31278 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31279 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31280 SPACEs.
31281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31282 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31283 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31284 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31285
31286 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31287 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31288 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31289 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31290 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31291 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31292 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31293 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31294
31295 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31296 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31297 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31298
31299 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31300 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31301 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31302 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31303 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31304 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31305 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31306 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31307
31308 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31309 documentation.
31310
31311 \(fn)" t nil)
31312
31313 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31314 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31315
31316 The problems cleaned up are:
31317
31318 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31319 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31320 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31321 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31322 SPACEs.
31323 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31324 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31325 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31326 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31327
31328 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31329 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31330 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31331 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31332 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31333 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31334 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31335 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31336
31337 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31338 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31339 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31340
31341 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31342 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31343 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31344 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31345 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31346 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31347 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31348 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31349
31350 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31351 documentation.
31352
31353 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31354
31355 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31356 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31357
31358 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31359 non-nil.
31360
31361 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31362 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31363 `whitespace-style' to have:
31364
31365 empty
31366 trailing
31367 indentation
31368 space-before-tab
31369 space-after-tab
31370
31371 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31372 whitespace problems in buffer.
31373
31374 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31375
31376 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31377 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31378 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31379 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31380 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31381 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31382 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31383
31384 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31385 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31386 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31387 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31388 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31389 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31390 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31391
31392 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31393 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31394 cleaning up these problems.
31395
31396 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31397
31398 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31399 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31400
31401 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31402 non-nil.
31403
31404 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31405 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31406 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31407
31408 empty
31409 indentation
31410 space-before-tab
31411 trailing
31412 space-after-tab
31413
31414 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31415 whitespace problems in buffer.
31416
31417 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31418
31419 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31420 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31421 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31422 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31423 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31424 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31425 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31426
31427 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31428 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31429 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31430 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31431 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31432 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31433 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31434
31435 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31436 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31437 cleaning up these problems.
31438
31439 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31440
31441 ;;;***
31442 \f
31443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 25465 377934
31444 ;;;;;; 11000))
31445 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31446
31447 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31448 Browse the widget under point.
31449
31450 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31451
31452 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31453 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31454
31455 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31456
31457 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31458 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31459
31460 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31461
31462 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31463 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31464 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31465 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31466 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31467
31468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31469
31470 ;;;***
31471 \f
31472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21710 25547 226569
31473 ;;;;;; 111000))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31475
31476 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31477 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31478
31479 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31480
31481 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31482 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31483 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31484
31485 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31486
31487 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31488 Create widget of TYPE.
31489 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31490
31491 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31492
31493 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31494 Delete WIDGET.
31495
31496 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31497
31498 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31499 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31500
31501 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31502
31503 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31504 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31505 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31506 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31507
31508 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31509 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31510
31511 \(fn)" nil nil)
31512
31513 ;;;***
31514 \f
31515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21710 25465 378934
31516 ;;;;;; 7000))
31517 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31518
31519 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31520 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31521 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31522 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31523 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31524 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31525 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31526
31527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31528
31529 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31530 Select the window above the current one.
31531 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31532 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31533 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31534 negative ARG) of the current window.
31535 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31536
31537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31538
31539 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31540 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31541 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31542 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31543 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31544 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31545 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31546
31547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31548
31549 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31550 Select the window below the current one.
31551 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31552 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31553 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31554 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31555 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31556
31557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31558
31559 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31560 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31561 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31562 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31563
31564 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31565
31566 ;;;***
31567 \f
31568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21710 25547 227569 106000))
31569 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31570
31571 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31572 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31573 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31576 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31577
31578 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31579
31580 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31581 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31585 \\{winner-mode-map}
31586
31587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31588
31589 ;;;***
31590 \f
31591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21710 25547 228569 102000))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31593 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31594
31595 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31596 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31597 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31598 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31599 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31600
31601 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31602
31603 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31604 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31605 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31606 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31607 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31608 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31609 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31610 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31611
31612 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31613 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31614
31615 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31616
31617 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31618 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31619
31620 \(fn)" t nil)
31621
31622 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31623 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31624 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31625 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31626 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31627 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31628 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31629 `woman' command for further details.
31630
31631 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31632
31633 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31634 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31635
31636 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31637
31638 ;;;***
31639 \f
31640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 25465 380933 998000))
31641 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31642
31643 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31644 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31645 Return the top node with all its children.
31646 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31647
31648 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31649 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31650 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31651
31652 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31653
31654 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31655 namespace to URIs instead.
31656
31657 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31658 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31659
31660 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31661
31662 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31663
31664 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31665
31666 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31667 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31668 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31669 not contain well-formed XML.
31670
31671 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31672 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31673 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31674 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31675 element of the list.
31676 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31677 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31678 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31679
31680 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31681
31682 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31683 namespace to URIs instead.
31684
31685 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31686 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31687
31688 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31689
31690 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31691
31692 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31693
31694 ;;;***
31695 \f
31696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 25465 256934
31697 ;;;;;; 551000))
31698 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31699
31700 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31701 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31702 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31703 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31704 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31705 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31706 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31707 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31708 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31709 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31710
31711 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31712
31713 ;;;***
31714 \f
31715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21710 25547 228569
31716 ;;;;;; 102000))
31717 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31718
31719 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31720 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31721 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31724 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31725
31726 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31727
31728 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31729 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31733
31734 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31735 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31736 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31737 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31738 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31739 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31740
31741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31742
31743 ;;;***
31744 \f
31745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 25465 192934 836000))
31746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31747
31748 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31749 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31750
31751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31752
31753 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31754 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31755
31756 \(fn)" nil nil)
31757
31758 ;;;***
31759 \f
31760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 25465 297934 368000))
31761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31762
31763 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31764 Zone out, completely.
31765
31766 \(fn)" t nil)
31767
31768 ;;;***
31769 \f
31770 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31841 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31842 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31843 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31844 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31845 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
31846 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31848 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31849 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31850 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
31851 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31852 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31853 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31854 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31855 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31856 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31857 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31858 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31859 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31860 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31861 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31862 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31863 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31864 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31865 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31866 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31867 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31868 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
31869 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
31870 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31871 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31872 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31873 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
31874 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
31875 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
31876 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
31877 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
31878 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
31879 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31880 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
31881 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
31882 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
31883 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31884 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
31885 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
31886 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
31887 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
31888 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
31889 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31890 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
31891 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
31892 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
31893 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
31894 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
31895 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21756 24813 458504
31987 ;;;;;; 639000))
31988
31989 ;;;***
31990 \f
31991 (provide 'loaddefs)
31992 ;; Local Variables:
31993 ;; version-control: never
31994 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31995 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31996 ;; coding: utf-8
31997 ;; End:
31998 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here